#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ \lyxformat 413 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass scrbook \begin_preamble % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!! % % This preamble is designed to ensure that the manual prints % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, % parts of the manual may not print out as expected. If you % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact % the documentation team % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org % if pdflatex is used \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf % set fonts for nicer pdf view \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty} {\usepackage{lmodern}}{} \fi % end if pdflatex is used % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman % and a PDF-bookmark for the TOC is added \pagenumbering{roman} \let\myTOC\tableofcontents \renewcommand{\tableofcontents}{% \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{} \myTOC \cleardoublepage \pagenumbering{arabic}} % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{% L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@} {LyX}} % used for multi-column text \usepackage{multicol} % extra space for tables \newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}} \end_preamble \options fleqn,liststotoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,tablecaptionabove \use_default_options false \begin_modules logicalmkup theorems-ams theorems-ams-extended \end_modules \maintain_unincluded_children false \begin_local_layout Format 7 InsetLayout CharStyle:MenuItem LyxType charstyle LabelString menu LatexType command LatexName menuitem Font Family Sans EndFont Preamble \newcommand*{\menuitem}[1]{{\sffamily #1}} EndPreamble End \end_local_layout \language english \language_package default \inputencoding latin1 \fontencoding global \font_roman default \font_sans default \font_typewriter default \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false \font_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100 \graphics default \default_output_format default \output_sync 0 \bibtex_command default \index_command default \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single \use_hyperref true \pdf_title "LyX's Additional Features manual" \pdf_author "LyX Team" \pdf_subject "LyX's additional features documentation" \pdf_keywords "LyX, Documentation, Additional" \pdf_bookmarks true \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true \pdf_bookmarksopen false \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 \pdf_breaklinks false \pdf_pdfborder false \pdf_colorlinks true \pdf_backref false \pdf_pdfusetitle false \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels" \papersize default \use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 \use_esint 0 \use_mhchem 1 \use_mathdots 1 \cite_engine basic \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false \paperorientation portrait \suppress_date false \use_refstyle 0 \index Index \shortcut idx \color #008000 \end_index \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 \paragraph_separation indent \paragraph_indentation default \quotes_language english \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings \tracking_changes false \output_changes false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict true \end_header \begin_body \begin_layout Title Additional LyX Features \end_layout \begin_layout Author by the LyX Team \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent Principal maintainer of this file is \noun on Richard Heck \noun default . If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset CommandInset toc LatexCommand tableofcontents \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This manual is essentially Part II of the \emph on User's Guide\SpecialChar \@. \emph default The reason for separating this document out is simple: the \emph on User's Guide \emph default is already quite lengthy, and it contains information on all of the basic features one needs to know in order to prepare most documents. However, the LyX Team has worked to make LyX extensible through various configuration files and external packages. That means that if you want to support the Fizzwizzle LaTeX package, you can create a layout file (or module) for it without having to alter LyX itself. We've already had contributions of several new features this way, and some of them are documented here. There are also some more `advanced' features, such as how to control the presentation of bibliographies and how to work with multi-part documents, that are not covered in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default and are discussed here. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This manual also documents some special features, like fax support, version control, and SGML support, which require additional software to work properly. There is also a chapter on LyX's support for HTML. And lastly, there's a chapter of LaTeX tools and tips, things you can use to spruce up your documents by directly using the powerful features of LaTeX. After all, LyX \emph on is \emph default only WYSIWYM and will only ever interface to some, not all, LaTeX features. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you haven't read the \emph on Introduction \emph default yet, you are definitely in the wrong manual. The \emph on Introduction \emph default is the first place to go, since it describes the notation and format of all of the manuals. You should also be thoroughly familiar with the \emph on User's Guide \emph default and all of the basic features of LyX before attempting to read this one. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since many of the topics in this manual depend heavily on LyX's interaction with LaTeX, this first chapter covers the inner workings of LyX and how to direct LyX to generate exactly the LaTeX code you want. It is obviously for more seasoned LyX users. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter LyX and LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Section How LyX Uses LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This chapter is for both TeX-nicians and the LaTeX-curious. In it, we'll explain how LyX and LaTeX work together to produce printable output. This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something about LaTeX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At one time, LyX was called a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset WYSIWYM frontend to LaTeX, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset but that's no longer true. There are frontends to LaTeX out there. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Some familar ones are TeXmaker and kile, on Linux, and TeXshop, OSX. There are also the LaTeX modes for vi and emacs, of course. \end_layout \end_inset These are basically text editors with the ability to run LaTeX and mark any errors in the file you're editing. Although LyX \emph on is \emph default an editor, and it \emph on does \emph default run LaTeX, and it also indicates errors in the file, it also does much, much more. For one thing, you don't need to know LaTeX to use LyX effectively. And LyX has added its own extensions to LaTeX. Try the following sometime: select \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX \end_layout \end_inset from the \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File \end_layout \end_inset menu (or \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Source \end_layout \end_inset ), then look at the preamble of the resulting \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset file. You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by LyX. These macros are defined automatically, according to the features you use in the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are several commands that automatically invoke LaTeX. They are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Format \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator Format \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Print \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fax \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard They will only invoke LaTeX if the file has changed since the last time LaTeX was run. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When LyX runs LaTeX on the file you're editing, it performs these steps: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Convert the document to LaTeX and save to a file with the extension \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset in place of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .lyx \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Run LaTeX on the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset file (maybe several times), and run any other commands (such as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibtex \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout makeindex \end_layout \end_inset ) needed to compile the LaTeX file. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If there are any errors, show the error log. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you've run LaTeX using \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar default DVI \end_layout \end_inset , LyX then runs a DVI viewer to display the DVI-file. If you've used \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar default PostScript \end_layout \end_inset , LyX performs further steps: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Run \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout dvips \end_layout \end_inset to convert the DVI file to PostScript. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Run a PostScript viewer, such as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ghostview \end_layout \end_inset , to display the PostScript file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX does similar things when viewing, or exporting, other formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Translating LaTeX files into LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can import a LaTeX file into LyX by using the \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Import\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX \end_layout \end_inset command in LyX. This will call a program named \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tex2lyx \end_layout \end_inset which will create a file \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout foo.lyx \end_layout \end_inset from the file \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout foo.tex \end_layout \end_inset . LyX will then open that file. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tex2lyx \end_layout \end_inset can also be run from the command line, of course. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tex2lyx \end_layout \end_inset will translate most legal LaTeX, but not everything. It will put things it doesn't understand into TeX code, so after translating a file with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tex2lyx \end_layout \end_inset , you can look for TeX code and hand-edit it until it looks right. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you don't know what TeX code is, read the next section. \end_layout \begin_layout Section \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code" \end_inset Inserting TeX Code into LyX Documents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Anything you can do in LaTeX you can do in LyX, for a very simple reason: You can always insert TeX code into any LyX document. LyX cannot, and will never be able to, display every possible LaTeX construct. If ever you need to insert LaTeX commands into your LyX document, you can use the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout TeX Code \end_layout \end_inset box, which you can insert into your document with \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator TeX Code \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's an example of inserting LaTeX commands in a LyX document. The code looks like this: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash begin{tabular}{ll} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This is an example for a minipage environment. You \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset figures and tables. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash end{minipage} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset & \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash begin{verbatim} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This ... \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash end{minipage} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash end{verbatim} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash end{minipage} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash end{tabular} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout TeX Code \end_layout \end_inset box containing this text is directly after this paragraph. Those of you reading the manual in LyX will only see the TeX code inset. Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{tabular}{ll} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout This is an example for a minipage environment. You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{minipage} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout & \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{verbatim} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout This ... \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{minipage} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{verbatim} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{minipage} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{tabular} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In addition to using TeX code, you can also create a separate file containing some complex LaTeX structure and then use \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \end_layout \end_inset to include your file (you should select the type \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Input \end_layout \end_inset ). We recommend that you only do this if you have a \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset file which you \emph on know \emph default works already. Otherwise, you'll have a big job tracking down LaTeX errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a few last points to emphasize: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize LyX \emph on does not \emph default check if your LaTeX code is correct. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Beware reinventing the wheel. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard On that last point, LyX does have quite a few features tucked into it, and more are coming. Be sure to check the manuals to make sure that LyX doesn't have such-and-such feature before you decide you have to do it by hand. Moreover, there are numerous LaTeX packages out there to do all sorts of things, from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables. Check out \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://www.ctan.org/" \end_inset for details, and see chapter \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:secrets" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document, be sure to check out a good LaTeX book for assistance. There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Section LyX and the LaTeX Preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection About the LaTeX Preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you already know LaTeX, there is no need to explain here what the preamble is good for. If you don't, the following will give you some ideas—we recommend again that you consult a LaTeX book for further information. In any case, you should read the points below, because they explain what you can do and what you don't need to do in the LaTeX preamble of a LyX document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The LaTeX preamble comes at the very beginning of a document, \emph on before \emph default the text. It serves to: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Declare the document class. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset LyX already does this for you. If you're a seasoned LaTeX-nician, and you have a custom document class you want to use, check out the \emph on Customization Manual \emph default for information on how to make LyX interface to it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Declare the usage of packages. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset LaTeX packages provide special commands, which are only available within a document when the package has been declared in the preamble. For example, the package \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout indentfirst \end_layout \end_inset forces all paragraphs to be indented. There are other packages for labels, envelopes, margins, etc. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Set counters, variables, lengths and widths. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset There are several LaTeX counters and variables which \emph on must \emph default be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect. (There are variables which you can set and reset inside the document, too.) Margins are a good example of something which must be set in the preamble. Another example is the label format for lists. You can actually set these just about anywhere, but it's best to do it just once, inside the preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Declare user defined commands (with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand \end_layout \end_inset ). \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset These are abbreviations for LaTeX commands which appear very often inside a document. Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands, they \emph on can \emph default be declared anywhere (before they are used for the first time, of course). This can be useful if there is a lot of raw LaTeX code in your document, which normally should not be the case. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset file it produces. This makes LaTeX files generated by LyX portable. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Changing the Preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The commands which LyX adds to the preamble of a LaTeX file are fixed; you can't change them without patching LyX itself. You can, however, add your own stuff to the preamble by selecting \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preamble \end_layout \end_inset in the \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog. LyX adds anything in the \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preamble \end_layout \end_inset dialog to its own built-in preamble. Before adding your own declarations in the preamble, you should make sure that LyX doesn't already support what you want to do. (Remember what we said about reinventing the wheel?) Also, \emph on make sure your preamble code is correct \emph default . LyX doesn't check it for you. If there is an error, you're likely to get an error like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Missing \backslash begin{document} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If you see this error, check your preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Examples \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble, and what they do. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example #1: Offsets \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two variables under LaTeX that control page position: \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash hoffset \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash voffset \end_layout \end_inset . Their names should be self-explanatory. These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels. Sometimes, the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you can actually print on aren't the same. This is where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash hoffset \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash voffset \end_layout \end_inset come in. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The default values for \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash hoffset \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash voffset \end_layout \end_inset are both 0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset points, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset the page isn't shifted. Unfortunately, some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page. We have no idea why, or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior. If you're using LyX on a system that you don't personally maintain, and your sysadmin is a doofus, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash hoffset \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash voffset \end_layout \end_inset can save the day. Suppose your left and top margins are always 0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset inches too big. You can add this to the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash setlength{ \backslash hoffset}{-0.5 in} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash setlength{ \backslash voffset}{-0.5 in} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and your margins should now be correct. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example #2: Labels \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Speaking of labels, suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels. There's a rather nice package, available at your nearest CTAN archive, for printing sheets of labels: \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout labels.sty \end_layout \end_inset . Now, your system may not have this package installed by default. We leave that up to you to check. You'll also want to read the documentation for it; we're not going to do that for you. Since this is an example, however, we'll give you an example of how you use this package. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First, make sure you're using the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout article \end_layout \end_inset document class. Next, you need to put the following in your preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage{labels} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash LabelCols=3 \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash LabelRows=7 \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash LeftBorder=8mm \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash RightBorder=8mm \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash TopBorder=9mm \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash BottomBorder=2mm \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This sets things up for Avery label sheets, stock #5360. You're now ready to print labels, but you'll need to insert LaTeX code, placing the commands \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{labels} \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{labels} \end_layout \end_inset around each label text. This and other special features of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout labels.sty \end_layout \end_inset are explained in its documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Someday, someone may write a LyX layout file to support this package directly. Maybe that someone is you. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example #3: Paragraph Indentation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Americans are trained to indent the first line of \emph on every \emph default paragraph. As with all of their other weird quirks, most Americans will whine and moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs. (Yes, we're joking. (We are?) \emph on Yeah \emph default , we are.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Of course, this behavior isn't standard typography. In books, you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph \emph on if \emph default it follows another one. The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish neighboring paragraphs from one another. If there is no previous paragraph—for example, if it follows a figure or is the first paragraph in a section—then there is no need for indentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you're a typical American (we're still joking!), though, you don't care about such esoteric things; you want your indentation! Add this to the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage{indentfirst} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your TeX distribution isn't braindead, you'll have this package, and all of your paragraphs will get the indentation the Founding Fathers intended they should have. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example #4: This Document \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some of the advanced things you can do. Also, there are more examples and an assortment of LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset dirty tricks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset given in Chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:secrets" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section LyX and LaTeX Errors \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When LyX calls LaTeX, it tells LaTeX to blithely ignore any errors and keep going. It then uses the logfile from the LaTeX run to do a post-mortem. After analyzing the logfile,LyX displays a dialog listing the errors. Clicking on any one of them will take you to the position in your LyX file where the error occurred. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Well, usually. Analyzing the logfile is a tough job, and LyX doesn't always go to the right line. There are also cases where LaTeX reports the error on one line, but the actual error is earlier. This is not unlike forgetting a closing brace in a program: You'll get an error, but only later. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some folks also like to look at the log file directly: It is available from \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar default Latex \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Log \end_layout \end_inset . There are some fairly common error messages and warnings. We'll cover those here. You should look at a good LaTeX book for a complete listing. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX Warning \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Anything beginning with these words is a warning message for the purpose of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset debugging \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the LaTeX code itself. You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references or bibliography entries, in which case, LaTeX is trying to tell you that you need to make another run. You can by-and-large ignore these. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX Font Warning \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Another warning message, this time about fonts which LaTeX couldn't find. The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font that LaTeX used. You can safely ignore these, too. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Overfull \backslash hbox \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset LaTeX absolutely \emph on loves \emph default to spew these out. They are warnings about lines that were too long and run past the right margin. Almost always, this is unnoticeable in the final output. (It can be just a point or two.) Or, only one or two characters extend past the margin. LaTeX seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any document you write. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset You can ignore these messages. Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too wide; just look at the output. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout You can also enable the `draft' option in \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar default Settings \end_layout \end_inset , and then LaTeX will draw a black box in the margin of lines that are overfull. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Underfull \backslash hbox \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Not quite as common as its cousin. LaTeX seems to like to print lines that are a bit too wide as opposed to ones that are a bit too narrow. We have no idea why. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Overfull \backslash vbox \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Underfull \backslash vbox \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Warnings about troubles breaking the page. Once again, just look at the output. Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX Error: File \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset not found \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The file \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset isn't installed on this system. This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed. If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash usepackage{} \end_layout \end_inset command, then one of the packages LyX tried to load is missing. Use \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX Configuration \end_layout \end_inset to get a list of packages that LyX knows about. This file is updated whenever you reconfigure LyX (using \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reconfigure \end_layout \end_inset ) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you did use the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash usepackage{} \end_layout \end_inset command and the package in question isn't installed, then you'll need to install it yourself. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX Error: Unknown option \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified a bad or undefined option to a package. Check the package's documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Undefined control sequence \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you've inserted LaTeX code into your document, but made a typo, you'll get one of these. You may have forgotten to load a package. In any case, this error message usually means that you used an undefined command. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are other error and warning messages. Some are self-explanatory. These are usually LaTeX messages. Others are downright cryptic. These are usually TeX error messages, and we really have \emph on no clue \emph default what they mean or how to decipher them. No-one does. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Look at the LaTeX code you inserted for typos. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If there are no typos, check that you used the command(s) correctly. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document—and especially if you see a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Missing \backslash begin{document} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset error—it means that there are errors in the preamble. Start debugging your preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any LaTeX code to the document, the first suspect is your LaTeX distribution itself. Check for missing packages and install them. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Okay, so there are no missing packages. Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in LyX? Specifically, did you \emph on misuse \emph default any of them, like trying to manually insert lots of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Blanks \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Linebreaks \end_layout \end_inset , or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Pagebreaks \end_layout \end_inset ? Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using the appropriate paragraph environment? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate All right, you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options, you played by the rules. Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver? Did you do something funky inside a table or an equation, like inserting a graphic into a table cell? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Do you have long sections of text where LaTeX cannot find a place to break a line? By default, LaTeX is rather strict about how much extra inter-word spacing it will add in order to break a line. Preferably, you should rework the paragraph to avoid the problem. If this isn't an option, you can wrap your text in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash sloppypar \end_layout \end_inset to make LaTeX's line breaking more, well, sloppy. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Did you go overboard with the nesting? LyX (currently) doesn't check to make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments. If you nested a bunch of environments to the \begin_inset Formula $17^{\mathrm{th}}$ \end_inset level, that's the problem. (The limit in LaTeX is five.) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Okay, you didn't get any error messages, but your output looks awful. If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page, you need to: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate rescale the figure so it fits. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate trim down the table so it fits. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate If something else is wrong with the output, and you didn't try to pull anything fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options, we're not sure what's wrong. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If all this doesn't help—well, then \emph on perhaps \emph default you might have found a bug in LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} . \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Supplemental Tools \end_layout \begin_layout Section Customizing Bibliographies with BibTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The most basic information about how to use BibTeX with LyX is contained in the section \emph on Bibliography databases (BibTeX) \emph default of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . The following subsections explain special bibliography features supported by LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Alternative Citation Styles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Standard BibTeX uses numbers (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset [12] \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) to refer to a cited work. However, in many scientific disciplines, other citation styles are in use. The most common one is the author-year style (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Knuth 1984a \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). LyX supports two packages that provide this style, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout natbib \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout jurabib \end_layout \end_inset . Both packages have their pros and cons, which cannot be listed in detail. If you only want to have simple author-year (or author-numerical) style, or if you want to use one of the countless style files for \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout natbib \end_layout \end_inset , than the established \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout natbib \end_layout \end_inset package is probably your choice. If you need special features like short title references, ibidem etc., you might consider the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout jurabib \end_layout \end_inset package. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The handling of both packages in LyX is basically the same. Go to \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \end_layout \end_inset and select under \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography \end_layout \end_inset the option \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Natbib \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Jurabib \end_layout \end_inset . With both packages, you will get some extra features in the citation dialog and you can select the style of the reference ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Knuth 1984 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Knuth (1984) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Knuth, 1984 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 1984 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset etc.). Note that both packages need specifically designed style files. They both ship their own, but there are lots of additional style files, and there is even an interactive style file builder \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout See \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/custom-bib/ \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset for \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout natbib \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Sectioned Bibliographies \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes you might need to divide your bibliography into several sections. If you are for instance a historian, the possibility to separate sources and scientific works is most likely a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset must have \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Unfortunately, BibTeX itself does not allow you to do this. But with the help of some LaTeX packages, BibTeX can be extended to fit your needs. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX provides native support for one of these packages, \family typewriter bibtopic \family default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Available from \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/ \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset The advantage of this package (compared to other packages like \family typewriter multibib \family default ) is that you don't need to define new citation commands. Instead, you need to prepare different bibliographic databases which include the entries for the different sections of the bibliography. For example: If you want to divide your bibliography into the sections \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Sources \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Scientific works \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , you first need to create two bibliographic databases, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout sources.bib \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout scientific.bib \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Go to \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \end_layout \end_inset and check under \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography \end_layout \end_inset the option \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Sectioned bibliography \end_layout \end_inset . Now you can insert multiple BibTeX bibliographies, one for each section of your bibliography. Returning to our example: Insert the BibTeX bibliography \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout sources.bib \end_layout \end_inset and a second one for the database \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout scientific.bib \end_layout \end_inset . You are free to use the same or different styles for each section. Additionally, you can chose if the bibliography section should contain \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset all cited references \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the specified database(s) (which is the default), \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset all uncited references \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or even \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset all references \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This might be useful if you would like to separate your bibliography into three sections: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Cited sources \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Uncited sources \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Scientific works \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The titles for the sections can be added as ordinary sections or subsections. Since \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibtopic \end_layout \end_inset removes the bibliography title, you have manually re-add that, too (as a chapter* or section*, for instance). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Multiple Bibliographies \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Multiple bibliographies, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset a bibliography for each section or chapter of the document, are not supported by BibTeX itself. But the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibtopic \end_layout \end_inset package, which is used for the creation of sectioned bibliographies in LyX (see the previous section), provides an easy way to solve this task, if you are willing to use some \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout TeX Code \end_layout \end_inset (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code" \end_inset ). \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout An alternative approach is to use the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout chapterbib \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibunits \end_layout \end_inset package, respectively. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First go to \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \end_layout \end_inset and under \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography \end_layout \end_inset check \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Sectioned bibliography \end_layout \end_inset . In the document, you have to enclose the sections, which shall contain their own bibliography (including the BibTeX bibliography itself), between \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{btUnit} \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{btUnit} \end_layout \end_inset (those commands have to be inserted as TeX code). The bibliography will contain all references which have been cited in the current \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout btUnit \end_layout \end_inset . \series bold Note: \series default If you are using this approach, then every citation reference has to be inside some \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout btUnit \end_layout \end_inset . Also, the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout btUnit \end_layout \end_inset s cannot be nested. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Multipart Documents \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection General Operation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are working on a large file with many sections, it is often convenient to break up the document into several files, or perhaps you have something where a table may change from time to time, but the preceding text does not. In these cases, you should seriously consider using multipart documents. For example, scientific papers often have five major sections: the introduction , observations, results, discussion, and conclusion. Each of these could be its own separate LyX file, with one \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset master \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset file which contains the title, authors, abstract, references, etc., plus the five included files. It is important to note that each of these files is a full LyX file which can be formatted and printed on its own, as well as included in a master file. Each of these files must have the same document class, however—don't attempt to mix book classes with article classes. You may also include LaTeX files; however, these files must not have their own preamble (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset everything up to and including the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{document} \end_layout \end_inset line as well as the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{document} \end_layout \end_inset line must be deleted) or else errors will be generated when you try to make a DVI file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX allows you to include files quite easily with \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator ChiId \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \end_layout \end_inset . When you click on this selection a small box is inserted into the file at the current cursor location. Clicking on the box raises a dialog which allows you to select the file to be included, and the method of its inclusion. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The file selection box should by now be obvious. The three inclusion methods are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset include \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset verbatim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The difference between \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset include \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is really only meaningful to LaTeXperts, but the practical difference is that files which are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset included \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset are typeset beginning on a new page, while files which are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset inputted \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset are typeset starting on the current page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Generally, the master file is converted into a full LaTeX file before typesettin g, while the included files are converted to LaTeX files which do not have all the preamble information. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset verbatim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset included file allows you to include a file typeset exactly as it appears in the file, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout verbatim \end_layout \end_inset mode, with the characters set in a fixed-width typewriter font. Normally, spaces in this file are invisible, though two consecutive spaces are conserved, unlike LyX's normal treatment of spaces. However, setting the \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Mark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset spaces \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset output \end_layout \end_inset checkbox typesets a mark to unambiguously define the presence of a space. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Cross-References Between Files \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Box Shadowbox position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "100col%" special "none" height "1in" height_special "totalheight" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This section is somewhat out of date. Need to describe default master documents and how children are opened when the master is. [[FIXME]] \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is possible to set up cross-references between the different files. First, open all the files in question: let's call them A and B in a two file example, where B is included in A. Let's say you insert a label in A, then want to reference it in B. Open the cross-reference dialog in whilst in document B, and you can select the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset buffer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to use. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Bibliography Lists in all Subdocuments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "100col%" special "none" height "1in" height_special "totalheight" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This section also needs updating. There is now material about this on the wiki, and it could be copied here. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Copy the bibliography list with all entries to all subdocuments and transform them to a comment. This way LyX will find the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .bib \end_layout \end_inset -files and you can easily insert references without making the bibliography list visible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As the bibliography list is in a comment, LaTeX won't use use it and the references will look like this: [?], instead of like this: [1]. One solution is to use the LaTeX-package \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout comment \end_layout \end_inset that will only include comments by processing the files separately. To do this, add in the LaTeX preamble of every subdocument the following: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage{comment} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash includecomment{comment} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard See also \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/FAQ/Unsorted#toc31 \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section LyX Archives \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Users sometimes need to be able to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bundle \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset a LyX file together with all the images (and other files) on which it depends, either for sending to a publisher or for sharing with a co-author. LyX 2.0 includes a Python script ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxpak.py \end_layout \end_inset ) that automates this process. To use it, you must have either the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout zipfile \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tarfile \end_layout \end_inset python modules installed on your system. By default, the script prefers the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout gzip \end_layout \end_inset -compressed \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tar \end_layout \end_inset format on Unix-like systems and the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout zip \end_layout \end_inset format on Windows. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX's configuration process will set the script up to export a `LyX Archive', and this format will then be available under \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Independently of the platform, the generation of a particular archive format can be forced by adding either the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -t \end_layout \end_inset (for the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tar \end_layout \end_inset format) or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -z \end_layout \end_inset (for the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout zip \end_layout \end_inset format) switch to the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LyX\SpecialChar \menuseparator LyX Archive \end_layout \end_inset converter in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator Converters \end_layout \end_inset . (Make sure you add the switch after the script name, not before it.) \end_layout \begin_layout Section Fancy Headers and Footers \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The default page layout is rather plain; for an \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout article \end_layout \end_inset document class, all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page. This document uses KOMA-script's book class, so it appears to be a bit fancier. But to really put on a show, you need to set the document page style to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset fancy \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , as mentioned in the \emph on User Guide \emph default . This section describes the LaTeX code you need to insert in your LaTeX preamble in order to get the desired effects. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For more information on fancy headers, see the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset package documentation. ( \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fancyhdr.html \end_layout \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The page header is divided into three fields, not surprisingly labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset left \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset center \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset right \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The footer is also divided into these three fields. The LaTeX commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash lhead \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash chead \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash rhead \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash lfoot \end_layout \end_inset , etc. Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each page. Simply insert the following command in the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash lhead{John Q. DocWriter} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You will now see your name in the upper left. If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often the page number appears in the central footer, simply include a command with a blank argument, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g.: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash cfoot{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Let's get really fancy: lets put the section number with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset Section 3) in the upper left, the page number (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset Page 4) in the upper right, your name in the lower left, and the date in the lower right. The following commands should now appear in the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash lhead{Section \backslash thesection} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash chead{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash rhead{Page \backslash thepage} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash lfoot{John Q. DocWriter} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash cfoot{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash rfoot{ \backslash today} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The commands \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thesection \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thepage \end_layout \end_inset access LaTeX's section and page counters, and so print out the current section and page numbers. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash today \end_layout \end_inset simply prints out today's date. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above the footer can also be modified. If you don't want one of the rules, set its thickness to 0. The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt, the footer rule is 0pt. Use commands \family typewriter \family default like \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash headrulewidth}{0.4pt} \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash footrulewidth}{0.4pt} \end_layout \end_inset to set the thicknesses. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages using commands like \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thispagestyle{empty} \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thispagestyle{plain} \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thispagestyle{fancy} \end_layout \end_inset . Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them as TeX code. In fact, title pages are marked as plain by default, while following pages are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As a final example, it is possible to include an image in the header or footer. Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper lefthand corner. You might try something like \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash lhead{ \backslash resizebox{1in}{!}{ \backslash includegraphics{logo.eps}}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent (you may need to preface this with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent \backslash usepackage{graphics} \end_layout \end_inset if you don't include graphics elsewhere in your document). \end_layout \begin_layout Section Itemize Bullet Selection \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:bullet" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Allan Rae \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX provides 216 bullet shapes that can be accessed from a simple dialog. Using this dialog you can easily specify what bullet shape to use at each level of an itemized list. These settings are document-wide so you won't be able to specify different sets of bullets for different paragraphs. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Well, actually you can but you'll have to do it by hand. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection How it looks \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Open the dialog by selecting the \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \end_layout \end_inset menu item and then select the \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bullets \end_layout \end_inset tab. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The dialog provides you with a table of bullet shapes. A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six different panels of bullet shapes. The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth you are changing. A text entry under the table shows the currently selected bullet shape's LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired. If you do modify the text you will also need to specify any needed packages in the LaTeX preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The six panels are divided up by the packages they require. The following table shows the mappings from button name to LaTeX packages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Button \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Packages Required \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Standard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none base LaTeX \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Maths \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none amssymb.sty \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ding1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none pifont.sty \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ding2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none pifont.sty \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ding3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none pifont.sty \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ding4 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none pifont.sty \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX doesn't stop you using bullets from packages you don't have. If you get errors from LaTeX when you try to view or print the file, then it is likely you are missing a package. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LyX doesn't restrict your use since you may be editing locally and exporting elsewhere. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection How to use it \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape and size. Any changes will not be visible in LyX, but are visible when viewing the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can reset a bullet shape to the default simply by clicking your right mouse button on the appropriate bullet depth button. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout If you \emph on really \emph default want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets in each, then you're going to have to get your hands dirty with TeX code. The bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides you with the LaTeX code for a wide range of bullet shapes. To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options: \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash let \backslash savelabelitemi= \backslash labelitemi \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand \backslash labelitemi[0]{ \backslash small \backslash ( \backslash sharp \backslash )} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Use the LaTeX command \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand{}{} \end_layout \end_inset to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth. You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it again afterwards. In this itemized list the following LaTeX code was used to change the bullet used for the first depth. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash let \backslash savelabelitemi= \backslash labelitemi \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand \backslash labelitemi[0]{ \backslash small \backslash ( \backslash sharp \backslash )} \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the \family typewriter \backslash labelitem \family default command. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout [ \backslash ( \backslash star \backslash )] \end_layout \end_inset Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape enclosed in square brackets and set as \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout TeX Code \end_layout \end_inset . For example, this item was started with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout [ \backslash ( \backslash star \backslash )] \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand \backslash labelitemi[0]{ \backslash savelabelitemi} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect. The way used here was: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand \backslash labelitemi[0]{ \backslash savelabelitemi} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter LyX and the World Wide Web \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX has long supported the export of documents to various web-friendly formats, such as HTML. Before verson 2.0, however, HTML export was always accomplished by the use of external converters. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For details on the use of external converters with LyX, see the \emph on Converters \emph default section of the Customization manual. \end_layout \end_inset These fall into two large groups: there are converters that use LaTeX as an intermediate format, such as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout htlatex \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout html2latex \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout plastex \end_layout \end_inset , relying upon LyX to produce the LaTeX; and there is a converter that works directly on LyX files, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout eLyXer \end_layout \end_inset . All of these have different advantages and disadvantages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The LaTeX-based converters have the advantage that, in principle, they know everything about the exported document that LaTeX does. Such converters do not care, for example, if a certain block of code was produced by LyX or was Evil Red Text. These converters know about \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout aux \end_layout \end_inset files, counters, and references, and can often make use of the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bbl \end_layout \end_inset files generated by BibTeX. On the other hand, LaTeX is a very hard language to parse---it is sometimes said that only TeX itself understands TeX---and LaTeX-based converters will often choke on what seem to be quite simple constructs; complex ones can throw them completely, and as of this writing, for example, the \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual will not export with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout htlatex \end_layout \end_inset , though the others will. The other issue concerns how math is handled. These converters typically convert the formulae into little pictures that are then linked from the HTML document. Since these are actually generated by LaTeX, they are accurate. But they do not scale well, and just getting them to look as if they are actually meant to be in your document---so that the font sizes seem to be roughly the same---can be a challenge. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Alex Fernandez's \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout eLyXer \end_layout \end_inset ( \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "http://elyxer.nongnu.org/" target "http://elyxer.nongnu.org/" \end_inset ) solves some of these problems. In particular, the formulae it produces scale perfectly, since it renders math using a combination of HTML and CSS rather than converting the formulae to images. But even moderately complex formula are rendered less well than with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout htlatex \end_layout \end_inset ; this reflects the limitations of HTML. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout That said, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout eLyXer \end_layout \end_inset can also use jsMath and MathJax for equations, but this setting is only available globally and requires one to have access to a server that runs the backend. \end_layout \end_inset More importantly (as of version 1.1.1, at least), \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout eLyXer \end_layout \end_inset has limited support for math macros and no support for user-defined paragraph or character styles. These limitations make \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout eLyXer \end_layout \end_inset unsuitable for many of the documents LyX users produce. In principle, of course, these problems could be solved, but the LyX developers have decided to follow a different path and have made LyX itself capable of writing XHTML, just as it is capable of writing LaTeX, DocBook, and plaintext. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As of this writing, XHTML output remains under development and should probably be regarded as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset experimental \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The file \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout development/HTML.notes \end_layout \end_inset , which can be found in the LyX source tree or \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "accessed online" target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/development/HTML/HTML.notes" \end_inset , usually contains up-to-date information about the state of XHTML output. See also the list of XHTML bugs on \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "the bug tracker" target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/query?status=reopened&status=assigned&status=new&max=0&component=xhtml+export&order=id&col=id&col=summary&col=reporter&col=keywords&keywords=%21%7Efixedintrunk&desc=1" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset Still, the developers have chosen this approach because it has several potential advantages over the other two. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These advantages are primarily due to the fact that the XHTML output routines, since they are part of LyX, know everything LyX knows about the document being exported. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Another advantage is that, since these routines are internal to LyX, they are immune to changes in LyX's file format, or to changes in the semantics of existing insets. \end_layout \end_inset So they know about the table of contents (as displayed in the outline), about the counters associated with different paragraph styles, and about user-defined styles. The XHTML output routines know what LyX knows about internationalization, too, so they will output \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chapter 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \lang ngerman Kapitel \lang english 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , depending upon the language in effect at the time. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Quite generally, the output routines know what LyX knows about document layout, that is, about how the document is to be rendered on screen. We use this information when we output the document as XHTML. In particular, LyX \emph on automatically \emph default generates CSS style information corresponding to the layout information it uses to render the document on screen: if section headings are supposed to be sans-serif and bold as seen in LyX, then (by default) they will be sans-serif and bold when viewed in a web browser, too. And this is true not just for pre-defined styles, like Section, but for any style, including user-defined styles. Indeed, the XHTML output routines make no distinction between user-defined paragraph and character styles and LyX's own pre-defined styles: in each case, everything LyX knows about the styles is contained in the layout files. And much the same is true as regards pre-defined textual insets, such as footnotes, and various custom insets. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The result is that XHTML output can be customized and extended in exactly the same way LaTeX output can be customized and extended: through layout files and modules. See chapter five of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for the details. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The remainder of this chapter contains more detailed information on XHTML output, its limitations, and ways to work around those limitations. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Math Output in XHTML \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX offers four choices for how math is rendered. These have various advantages and disadvantages: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize MathML \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset MathML is a dialect of XML designed specifically for mathematics on the web, and it typically renders very well in browsers that support it. The disadvantage is that not all browsers support MathML, and support is not complete even in the Gecko-based browsers, such as Firefox. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If LyX is unable to render a formula as MathML---for example, if the formula uses the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout xymatrix \end_layout \end_inset package or ERT---then it will instead output the formula as an image. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize HTML \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset As mentioned above, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout elyxer \end_layout \end_inset outputs math as HTML, styled by CSS. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LyX has borrowed some of the CSS for its HTML output from \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout elyxer \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset For simple formulae, this can work quite well, though with more complicated formulae it tends to break down. Still, this method has the advantage that it is very widely supported and so it may be appropriate for documents that contain only a little, fairly simple math. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If Lyx is unable to render a formula as HTML---for example, if the formula uses the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout xymatrix \end_layout \end_inset package or ERT---then it will instead output the formula as an image. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Images \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Like \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout htlatex \end_layout \end_inset , LyX will output formulae as images, the very same images, in fact, that are used for instant preview. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Instant preview does \emph on not \emph default have to be on for images to be output, however. \end_layout \end_inset The advantage to this method is that the images are simply generated by LaTeX, so they are very accurate. The disadvantage, as mentioned earlier, is that these are bitmapped images, so they do not scale terribly well, and one cannot copy them, etc. (As of this writing, there are also problems about equation numbering. See \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "bug 6894" target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/6894" \end_inset .) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The size of the images can be controlled by setting the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Math Images Scaling \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset parameter under \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Output \end_layout \end_inset . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For those who want to know, this controls the resolution of the image in dots per inch and is based upon a default of 75 dpi. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If LyX for some reason fails to create an image for a formula (e.g., if a required LaTeX package is not installed), then it will fall back to outputing the raw LaTeX. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize LaTeX \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Finally, LyX will happily output math as LaTeX. As well as being the output of last resort, this method can be used with such tools as \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "jsMath" target "http://www.math.union.edu/~dpvc/jsMath/" \end_inset , which uses JavaScript to render LaTeX embedded in HTML documents. LyX wraps the LaTeX in either a \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout span \end_layout \end_inset (for inline formulas) or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout div \end_layout \end_inset (for displayed formulas) with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout class='math' \end_layout \end_inset , as is required for jsMath. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One of these output methods must be selected under \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Output \end_layout \end_inset . By default, LyX outputs MathML. This is a document-wide setting, therefore. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Eventually, LyX will offer the user the option to select an alternate output method for a particular inset, say, one that isn't being rendered very well by MathML. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout That said, since LyX falls back to images if the inset contains ERT, then one can force output as an image by putting some harmless ERT into the math, for example: \begin_inset Formula $a=b\relax$ \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Bibliography and Citations \end_layout \begin_layout Standard XHTML output fully supports bibliographies and citations. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Citation labels are generated by the same machinery that generates LyX's on-screen labels, so the labels will look in the output much as they do in LyX, though better. If you are using numerical citations, then LyX will output numerical labels, such as [1] or [17], rather than simply showing the citation key in square brackets, as it does on-screen. If you are using author-year citations, then LyX will add lowercase letters to the years, just as BibTeX does, if it finds more than one citation for a given author-year combination. The labels will be printed with the bibliography entries. Note that there is, at present, no way to customize the appearance of the labels, for example, to choose between square brackets and parentheses. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Bibliography output is handled by the same machinery that handles the presentati on of reference information in the citation dialog, so you will see in the XHTML output pretty much what you would see if you were to look at a given entry in the citation dialog. The formatting can be customized in your layout file or, preferably, in a module. See the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for the details. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The main defect at present is that cross-referenced information is printed with every entry with which it is associated. So you can see things like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Jason Stanley, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Context and Logical Form \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , in \emph on Language in Context: Selected Essays \emph default (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007), pp. 30--68. \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Jason Stanley, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Semantics in Context \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , in \emph on Language in Context: Selected Essays \emph default (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007), pp. 201--30. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This should be fixed before long. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is no support at present for sectioned bibliographies. If you have multiple bibliographies, then LyX will print the same bibliography over and over. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Indexes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX will happily export indexes as XHTML, but with certain limitations at the moment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Index export will be most reliable when you do not attempt to use the fancy constructs that are described in the section on indexes in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The main issue here is that LyX itself does not really handle these. It just lets you enter what you would have to enter in raw LaTeX. \end_layout \end_inset We'll describe how they are handled using the subsection headings from that section. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Grouping Index Entries (aka, sub-entries): LyX makes an effort to support these, but the entries must be separated by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , that is, there must be spaces around the exclamation point. This is because it is otherwise too difficult to check for escaped exclamation points, ones in math, and so forth. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Page Ranges: There is no support at all for page ranges, since these make no sense with XHMTL. Instead, you will just get two index entries, one at either end. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Cross-referencing: There is no support for cross-referencing. If LyX finds an entry containing the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset |see\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset construct, it is just dropped, and the rest is treated as an ordinary index entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Index Entry Order: LyX does support attempts to fix the sorting order. It will take what is before the first `@' it finds and use that for sorting, taking what follows the first `@' to be the actual entry. At present, LyX does not check for escaped `@', so do not try to index email addresses. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Index Entry Layout: You can format entries by using the text style dialog, or by using any other method available within LyX itself. There is no support for constructs like: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset entry|textbf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Indeed, if LyX finds a pipe symbol, `|', in an entry, it will delete it and everything that follows it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Multiple Indexes: There is no support for multiple indexes. Rather, all index entries will be printed as one large index. To avoid our printing several versions of the index, we print only the main index, so make sure you have one. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Nomenclature and Glossary \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is at present no support for glossaries. Adding it would be fairly trivial, and welcome. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter The LyX Server \end_layout \begin_layout Section Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The `LyX server' allows other programs to talk to LyX, invoke LyX commands, and retrieve information about the LyX internal state. This is only intended for advanced users, but they should find it useful. It is by writing to the LyX server, for example, that bibliography managers, such as JabRef, are able to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset push \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset citations to LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Starting the LyX Server \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The LyX server works through the use of a pair of named pipes. These are usually located in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout UserDir \end_layout \end_inset , (except on Windows, where \emph on local \emph default named pipes are special objects located in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \end_layout \end_inset ) and have the names \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxpipe.in \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxpipe.out \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . External programs write into \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxpipe.in \end_layout \end_inset and read back data from \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxpipe.out \end_layout \end_inset . The stem of the pipe names can be defined in the \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences \end_layout \end_inset dialog, for example \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout "/home/myhome/lyxpipe" \end_layout \end_inset , or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout " \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \backslash lyxpipe" \end_layout \end_inset on Windows (but any working path can be used). You \emph on must \emph default configure this manually in order for the server to start. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX will add the ' \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .in \end_layout \end_inset ' and ' \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .out \end_layout \end_inset ' to create the pipes. If one of the pipes already exists, LyX will assume that another LyX process is already running and will not start the server. On POSIX (Unix like) systems, if for some other reason, an unused \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset stale \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset pipe is left in existence when LyX closes, then LyX will try to delete it. If this fails for some reason, you will need to delete the pipes manually and then restart LyX. On Windows, pipes are deleted by the OS on program termination or crash, so \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset stale \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset pipes should not be possible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To have several LyX processes with servers at the same time, you have to use different configurations, perhaps by using separate user directories, each with its own \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout preferences \end_layout \end_inset file, for each process. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you are developing a client program, you might find it useful to enable debugging information from the LyX server. Do this by starting LyX as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyx -dbg lyxserver \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can find a complete example client written in C in the source distribution as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout development/lyxserver/server_monitor.c \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Another useful tool is command-line based client you will find in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout src/client/lyxclient \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Normal communication \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To issue a LyX call, the client writes a line of ASCII text into the input pipe. This line has the following format: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote LYXCMD: \emph on clientname \emph default : \emph on function \emph default : \emph on argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description clientname is a name that the client can choose arbitrarily. Its only use is that LyX will echo it if it sends an answer—so a client can dispatch results from different requesters. \end_layout \begin_layout Description function is the function you want LyX to perform. It is the same as the commands you'd use in the minibuffer. \end_layout \begin_layout Description argument is an optional argument which is meaningful only to some functions (for instance, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset self-insert \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset LFUN will insert the argument as text at the cursor position). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The answer from LyX will arrive in the output pipe and be of the form \end_layout \begin_layout Quote INFO: \emph on clientname \emph default : \emph on function \emph default : \emph on data \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \emph on clientname \emph default and \emph on function \emph default are just echoed from the command request, while \emph on data \emph default is more or less useful information filled according to how the command execution worked out. Some commands, such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset font-state \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , will return information about the internal state of LyX, while other will return an empty data-response. This means that the command execution went fine. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In case of errors, the response from LyX will have this form \end_layout \begin_layout Quote ERROR: \emph on clientname \emph default : \emph on function \emph default : \emph on error message \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where the \emph on error message \emph default should contain an explanation of why the command failed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Examples: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:test:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset echo "LYXCMD:test:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset read a <~/.lyxpipe.out \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset echo $a \end_layout \begin_layout Section Notification \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX can notify clients of events going on asynchronously. Currently it will only do this if the user binds a key sequence with the function \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset notify \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The format of the string LyX sends is as follows: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout NOTIFY: \end_layout \end_inset \emph on key-sequence \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \emph on key-sequence \emph default is the printed representation of the key sequence that was actually typed by the user. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This mechanism can be used to extend LyX's command set and implement macros. Bind some key sequence to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset notify \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Then start a client that listens on the output pipe, dispatches the command according to the sequence, and starts a function that may use LyX calls and LyX requests to issue a command or a series of commands to LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Section The simple LyX Server Protocol \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX implements a simple protocol that can be used for session management. All messages are of the form \end_layout \begin_layout Quote LYXSRV: \emph on clientname \emph default : \emph on protocol message \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \emph on protocol message \emph default can be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset hello \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bye \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset hello \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is received from a client, LyX will report back to inform the client that it's listening to it's messages, while \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bye \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset sent from LyX will inform clients that LyX is closing. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Reverse DVI/PDF search \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some DVI/PDF viewers \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The following viewers offer the reverse PDF search feature: Okular on KDE/Linux, Skim on Mac OSX and SumatraPDF on Windows. \end_layout \end_inset provide \emph on reverse search \emph default facility (also called \emph on inverse search \emph default ). This means that you can tell LyX to put the cursor to a specific line in the document by clicking at the respective position in the DVI/PDF output. To achieve this, the viewer must be able to communicate with LyX. This is done via the LyX server either by using the named pipe ( \emph on lyxpipe \emph default ), or the UNIX domain socket ( \emph on lyxsocket \emph default ) that LyX creates in its temporary directory (this is the way the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxclient \end_layout \end_inset program communicates with LyX). In some cases, you need a helper script that mediates between the viewer and LyX, in others, the viewer can communicate with LyX directly. This depends on the selected viewer and on your operating system. The same applies to the way viewers need to be configured and the way the reverse search is actually performed. In what follows, we will thus describe how to setup reverse search for specific viewers. Before we turn to this, though, we will explain what needs to be done generally to enable reverse search in the DVI/PDF output. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:rev-search" \end_inset Automatic setup \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In most cases LyX will do the work for you by enabling \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator Synchronize with Output \end_layout \end_inset . In such a case LyX will automatically insert the necessary SyncTeX macro (for PDF) or load the srcltx package (for DVI) respectively. This option can be easily reached also on \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View/Update \end_layout \end_inset Toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you need a different setting, you can select or input a custom macro from the drop down box just below \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator Synchronize with Output \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Please note that including the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout srcltx \end_layout \end_inset package or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout src-specials \end_layout \end_inset sometimes has an undesired impact on the typesetting. Thus, you should switch output synchronization off for the final typesetting if you use the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout srcltx \end_layout \end_inset package or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout src-specials \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In case you need some more special settings that are not covered by the automatic settings, read the next section about how to set up output synchroniz ation manually. If the automatic setup suits your needs, you can readily jump to section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:configuring-viewers" \end_inset , where the necessary configuration steps in your viewer -- needed both with the automatic and the manual setup -- are described. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Manual setup \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LaTeX provides several different methods for reverse search. Some are built-in in the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout latex/pdflatex \end_layout \end_inset program, some are provided by external packages. Your choice depends on whether your LaTeX distribution already provides a given method (the built-in methods are rather new) and whether your viewer can cope with it. The available methods are described in the following. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* Built-in DVI-search via src-specials (DVI only) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This method provides the DVI file with the necessary information for reverse search. It is available in LaTeX since quite some time (any somewhat recent LaTeX distribution should include it), and it works reliably. To enable it, change the \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX (plain)->DVI \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX (plain)->DraftDVI \end_layout \end_inset converter in \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator Converters \end_layout \end_inset to \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout latex -src-specials $$i \end_layout \end_inset . If this doesn't work, check if your TeX engine needs different options (the syntax might differ in some distributions). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* External Packages (PDFSync and scrltx) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The packages \emph on pdfsync \emph default and \emph on scrltx \emph default provide reverse search facility for PDF output (via pdflatex) and DVI output, respectively. In order to enable it, load the packages in the LyX preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash usepackage{pdfsync} \end_layout \end_inset for reverse PDF search, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash usepackage[active]{srcltx} \end_layout \end_inset for reverse DVI search. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to be able to perform both DVI and PDF reverse searches, you can also insert in the preamble the following lines \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage{ifpdf} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash ifpdf \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash usepackage{pdfsync} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash else \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash usepackage[active]{srcltx} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash fi \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This way, you can preview the file as either DVI or PDF (pdflatex) and the right package will be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that PDFSync might affect the output layout of your document. It is therefore advised to disable PDFsync for final documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* Built-in reverse search via SyncTeX (DVI and PDF) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Recent versions of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout (pdf)latex \end_layout \end_inset have built-in support for both PDF and DVI reverse search. This so-called \emph on SyncTeX \emph default facility is basically the result of the integration of the PDFSync package to the pdftex program and its merge with the \emph on scr-specials \emph default approach. You need at least TeXLive 2008 or a recent MikTeX distribution in order to use it. Also note that only a few PDF viewers (Skim on the Mac, SumatraPDF on Windows) already provide SyncTeX support. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To enable SyncTeX for DVI output, change the \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX (plain) -> DVI \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX (plain) -> DraftDVI \end_layout \end_inset converter in \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator Converters \end_layout \end_inset to \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout latex -synctex=1 $$i \end_layout \end_inset , and for PDF output, change the \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX (pdflatex) -> PDF (pdflatex) \end_layout \end_inset or converter to \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout pdflatex -synctex=1 $$i \end_layout \end_inset . Check the documentation of your viewer whether the viewer needs to be configure d for the use with SyncTeX. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -synctex=1 \end_layout \end_inset option enables gzip compression. If your viewer does not support it, you should instead use \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -synctex=-1 \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Configuring and using specific viewers \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:configuring-viewers" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* Xdvi (all platforms) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you use \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout xdvi \end_layout \end_inset , you don't need to do anything else for performing a reverse DVI search, as LyX already provides the necessary hooks for automatically using the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxclient \end_layout \end_inset program. Just setup your document as described above (reverse search is triggered by Ctrl-click or Alt-click on Mac OSX, respectively). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard However, if for whatever reason you want to use the named pipe instead of the socket for communicating with LyX, simply change the DVI viewer in \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator File formats \end_layout \end_inset to \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout On Mac OSX you have to use \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout DISPLAY=:0.0 xdvi -editor 'lyxeditor.sh %f %l' \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout xdvi -editor 'lyxeditor.sh %f %l' \end_layout \end_inset , where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.sh \end_layout \end_inset is a suitable script. For example, a minimal shell script is the following one: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset LYXPIPE="/path/to/lyxpipe" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset COMMAND="LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:$1 $2" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset echo "$COMMAND" > "${LYXPIPE}".in || exit \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset read < "${LYXPIPE}".out || exit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout /path/to/lyxpipe \end_layout \end_inset is the Ly \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset XServer pipe path specified in \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paths \end_layout \end_inset . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout In the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout development/tools \end_layout \end_inset folder of a source distribution you can find a \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor \end_layout \end_inset script which is able to locate the \emph on lyxpipe \emph default based on your preferences. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* MacDviX (Mac OSX) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At the end of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout /Applications/MacDviX_Folder/calleditor.script \end_layout \end_inset , add the following lines: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code /Applications/Ly \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset X.app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor "$2" $1 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset exit 1 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Modify the lines accordingly if you install LyX somewhere else than in the Applications folder. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reverse search is triggered by Alt-click (OPTION-click). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* Skim (Mac OSX) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Enter \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout open -a Skim.app $$i \end_layout \end_inset to the viewer setting in \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator File formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator PDF (pdflatex) \end_layout \end_inset , and then in \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Skim\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sync \end_layout \end_inset select Ly \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset X. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reverse search is triggered by COMMAND-SHIFT-click \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* Okular (KDE) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Go to \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Configure Okular\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Editor \end_layout \end_inset , select \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Custom Text Editor \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and add the command \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxclient -g %f %l \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reverse search is triggered by SHIFT-click. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* YAP (Windows) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Launch yap, choose its \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Options \end_layout \end_inset menu and select the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Inverse DVI Search \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset tab. Click on the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset New\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset button and, in the window that opens, enter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LyX Editor \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (or any other name you like) in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Name: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset field. Now click on the button labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to open a file dialog and navigate to the directory containing the batch file \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.bat \end_layout \end_inset (see below). Select \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.bat \end_layout \end_inset and then specify the program arguments as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout %f %l \end_layout \end_inset . The \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.bat \end_layout \end_inset wrapper is used for communicating with LyX through the \emph on lyxpipe \emph default and is as follows: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code @echo off \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset echo LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:%1 %2> \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \backslash lyxpipe.in \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset type \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \backslash lyxpipe.out \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Make sure that the LyXServer pipe path you specified in LyX is \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \backslash lyxpipe \end_layout \end_inset , otherwise change the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.bat \end_layout \end_inset wrapper accordingly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In yap, reverse search is triggered by double-click. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* SumatraPDF (Windows) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In order to use SumatraPDF for inverse search, enter \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor.bat %f %l" \end_layout \end_inset in the viewer setting in \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator File formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator PDF (pdflatex) \end_layout \end_inset , where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.bat \end_layout \end_inset is the previous wrapper. If SumatraPDF.exe is not in your command PATH, use its full file name. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reverse search is triggered by double-click. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* YAP (Cygwin) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First of all, make sure that yap is your default DVI viewer in the Windows environment, then launch it, choose its \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Options \end_layout \end_inset menu and select the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Inverse DVI Search \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset tab. Click on the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset New\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset button and, in the window that opens, enter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LyX Editor \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (or any other name you like) in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Name: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset field. Now click on the button labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to open a file dialog and navigate to the directory containing the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.exe \end_layout \end_inset program (which is installed by default on Cygwin along with the LyX executable). Select \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.exe \end_layout \end_inset and then specify the program arguments as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -g %f %l \end_layout \end_inset . In this way, you will be using the \emph on lyxsocket \emph default for communicating with LyX. If, for whatever reason, you want to use the \emph on lyxpipe \emph default , omit the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -g \end_layout \end_inset option and be sure to specify the LyXServer pipe path in the LyX preferences. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In yap, reverse search is triggered by double-click. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* SumatraPDF (Cygwin) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In order to use SumatraPDF for inverse search, enter \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout SumatraPDF.sh \end_layout \end_inset in the viewer setting in \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator File formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator PDF (pdflatex) \end_layout \end_inset , where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout SumatraPDF.sh \end_layout \end_inset is the following script (to be placed in your command PATH, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout /usr/local/bin \end_layout \end_inset being the best choice): \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/bash \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset cd $(dirname $1) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor -g %f %l" $(basename $1) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This wrapper script is needed because SumatraPDF is a native Windows application and does not understand the posix paths used by the Cygwin version of LyX. If SumatraPDF.exe is not in your command PATH, use its full posix path in the script above. The \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -g \end_layout \end_inset enables communication via the \emph on lyxsocket \emph default . Again, omit the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -g \end_layout \end_inset option if you want to use the \emph on lyxpipe \emph default , and be sure to specify the LyXServer pipe path in the LyX preferences. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reverse search is triggered by double-click. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Forward search \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Forward search is, as the name implies, in a sense the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset opposite \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to reverse search. It allows you to let the viewer jump to a given position from within LyX. If forward search is set up (as described in what follows), you can put the cursor anywhere in your LyX document, and hit \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator Forward search \end_layout \end_inset (or select \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Forward search \end_layout \end_inset in the context menu via right mouse click), and then the viewer will jump to that position as well. This implies, of course, that your viewer supports this function. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To make forward search possible, you first need to provide the generated output PDF/DVI file with additional information about the TeX sources. This can be done via the methods described in the section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:rev-search" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Additionally, you need to configure LyX for using your viewers in \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator General \end_layout \end_inset . We provide a range of tested configurations for some viewers, which you can select from the drop down list. If none of these configurations suits you, you have to find out and enter a suitable configuration yourself. The definition syntax uses the following placeholders: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noindent \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $$n \end_layout \end_inset : row number \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noindent \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $$t \end_layout \end_inset : name of the (temporary) exported .tex file \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noindent \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $$o \end_layout \end_inset : name of the exported output file (either dvi or pdf, depending on which one exists in the temporary directory) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that only some of the viewers provide full forward search functionality, among them yap, xdvi, okular and Sumatra PDF \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For Sumatra CMCDDE is needed --- downloadable from http://www.istri.fr/zip/CMCDDE.z ip \end_layout \end_inset . While many of the widespread PDF viewers (most notably Adobe Reader) do not support forward search at all, some other viewers -- e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. evince and xpdf -- allow at least to reload the document and jump to a specific page of the file, so you can at least navigate \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset near \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . These latter functionality is provided by an external call of synctex (see the predefined example configurations). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Forward search works both with DVI and PDF output. LyX simply checks which preview format you have used before (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e., which format is already there in the temporary directory) and chooses the appropriate configuration for the respective format. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Special Document Classes \end_layout \begin_layout Section A&A Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Peter Sütterlin \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section describes how LyX can be used to write articles for submission to the scientific journal \emph on Astronomy and Astrophysics \emph default (www.edpsciences.fr/aa/ \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/ \end_layout \end_inset ) using Version 5.01 of the document class \family typewriter aa.cls \family default . This package can be downloaded from the ftp site \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A manual comes together with that package, and this text is not meant to replace the original manual but is merely a short guide in how to realize the correct form of your paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer to EDP Sciences starting January 1, 2001. That change involved also some slight changes to the style files, namely the removal of the thesaurus command. The LyX class aa supports the newest version of these style files, V 5.01. If you have an older version installed, please upgrade. For compatibility, the old (version 4) layout has been kept as \family sans article (A&A V4) \family default . Please refer to the comments in \family typewriter LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Getting started \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is recommended you start from the example template distributed with LyX. If you are not using a template, note the following settings: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Select \family sans article (A&A) \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog (OK, that one was obvious). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't change the option \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset style \family default : Leave it set to \family sans default \family default . The whole layout is done by the macros, you shouldn't change anything. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The header block \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First thing to enter is the header information. It consists of seven entries, of which some are optional. They are \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \family default : [required] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subtitle \family default : [optional] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \family default : [required] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Address \family default : [required] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Offprints \family default : [optional] if more than one author: whom to contact for offprint requests. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Mail \family default : [optional] mail address for contacts. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Date \family default : [required]. Suggested format is \family typewriter Received: ; Accepted \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is no need to issue the \family typewriter \backslash maketitle \family default command, this is done automatically by LyX when the header is finished. Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised to keep the above sequence, just to get the best optics and meets the layout of the real document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to place footnotes in the header block, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset to state your present address, just use the standard footnote via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Footnote. \family default LyX will automagically use the term \family typewriter \backslash thanks{} \family default in that case. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In addition to these topics, the macros use three additional LaTeX commands that have no counterpart in LyX: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash and \family default to separate different names for more than one author and institute, respectivel y. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash inst{} \family default to mark corresponding author/institute pairs. The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the \family sans Address \family default field, so you have to put a marker to each author. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash email{address} \family default to supply an email address for fast contact. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In all cases, the appropriate command has to be entered in LyX and marked as LaTeX code. See the examples. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The abstract should immediately follow the header block. With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command, and there is now a resctriction to only one paragraph. In addition, it should contain an entry with the keywords. This is not yet implemented for LyX, therefore you have to enter the LaTeX command \family typewriter \backslash keywords{} \family default by hand and mark it as LaTeX code. Refer to the example paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Supported environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring your text: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Section \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsubsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Acknowledgment \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Commands not supported by LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some commands are not yet supported by the \family sans paper (A&A) \family default layout for LyX. Some have already been mentioned. For the sake of completeness, they are listed all together here: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash and \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash email \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash appendix \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash authorrunning \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash inst{} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash keywords{} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash object{} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash titlerunning{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to use any of these commands, you have to enter them yourself. \series bold Do not forget to mark them as LaTeX code! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Figure and Table Floats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX provides support for the necessary float environments \family sans figure, figure*, table \family default and \family sans table* \family default , therefore we won't tell much about it here. Refer to the \emph on User's \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Guide \emph default . Just remember that tables should be left-aligned. For that, select the table and change the alignment in \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is only one special thing: the figures with caption besides the figure. To create such a figure, you have to do the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Create a wide figure float: \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator Figure \family default , then right click in the figure and select \family sans \bar under S \bar default pan \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columns \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Enter your caption text. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Press \family sans Return \family default to move the cursor above the caption. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Insert your figure \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Position the cursor behind the figure and insert a horizontal fill: \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Special \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Fill \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Switch to LaTeX mode: \family sans M-c \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset t \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Enter \family typewriter \backslash parbox[b]{55mm}{ \family default . \series bold Do not close the brace! \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Position the cursor behind the caption text, switch to LaTeX mode and insert the closing brace: \family sans M-c \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset t \family default \family typewriter } \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Also, refer to the figures in the example paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Referee layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For submission, the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing layout. For this purpose, you have to give the option \family typewriter referee \family default to the documentclass. This must be done using the extra class options field in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. Just enter the string \family typewriter referee \family default there. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The example paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Examples \family default directory contains an example paper written with LyX. It is the example paper from the original macro package, translated to LyX. Use it for inspiration, and compare the original LaTeX code with LyX way of writing. \end_layout \begin_layout Section AASTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Mike Ressler \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard AASTeX is a set of macros produced by the American Astronomical Society to facilitate electronic manuscript submission to the three journals they publish: the Astrophysical Journal (including the Letters and Supplement), the Astronomical Journal, and the Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific. LyX has proven to be an excellent tool for generating these documents, especially given its equation, citation, and figure handling capabilities. LyX requires version 5.0 (or higher) of these macros; preferably 5.2, which is the version described here, or higher. Versions prior to 5.0 are intended for use with LaTeX2.09 and are fundamentally incompatible with LyX. The AASTeX package may be downloaded from the AASTeX Web site \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/AAS/AASTeX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in LyX. LyX will not reduce the need to figure out all the AASTeX commands, it will only reduce the drudgery of typing everything in. It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported LaTeX document conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are submitting your paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Starting a New Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I strongly suggest that you start with the AASTeX template file. Click on \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from \family default \family sans Template \family default , enter the new file name, then choose the \family typewriter aastex.lyx \family default template. This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript. Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, \family typewriter <> \family default ) with the correct information. Many of the AASTeX commands and environments can be implemented directly in LyX, but some cannot: most noticeably \family typewriter \backslash altaffilmark \family default and \family typewriter \backslash altaffiltext \family default , which should stick out like a sore thumb if you actually just opened the template file. For commands such as these, the LaTeX code must be entered directly and marked as such. Such commands are referred to as TeX code, or Evil Red Text. I tried to minimize the amount of TeX code needed in an AASTeX document, but there is still a bit more required than any of us would like. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Finishing Your Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly, there are a few \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset postprocessing \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Export your paper as a LaTeX file ( \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Edit the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file with your favorite text editor \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate remove the comment lines before the \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default command \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate remove the \family typewriter \backslash usepackage...{fontenc} \family default line if it appears (usually just after \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default }; also remove the \family typewriter \backslash secnumdepth \family default line if it appears. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate remove everything between (and including) the \family typewriter \backslash makeatletter \family default and \family typewriter \backslash makeatother \family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble (which should appear immediately after the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset User specified LaTeX commands \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset comment in the \family typewriter .tex \family default file). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Run the resulting file through LaTeX to make sure it still processes correctly. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats are correct. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Submit it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Comments On Specific Commands \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AASTeX commands: the AASTeX User Guide ( \family typewriter aasguide.tex \family default ) gives a good description of each. Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide and offer comments where necessary. So let's begin \SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Things that work as expected \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Because they work as you might expect, I simply list them and the section they are found in: \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default (2.1.1), \family typewriter \backslash begin{document} \family default (2.2), \family typewriter \backslash title \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash author \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash affil \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash abstract \family default (2.4), \family typewriter \backslash keywords \family default (2.5), \family typewriter \backslash section \family default (2.7), \family typewriter \backslash subsection \family default (2.7), \family typewriter \backslash subsubsection \family default (2.7), \family typewriter \backslash paragraph \family default (2.7), \family typewriter \backslash facility \family default (2.10), \family typewriter \backslash begin{displaymath} \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash begin{equation} \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash begin{eqnarray} \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash begin{mathletters} \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash begin{thebibliography} \family default (2.13.1), \family typewriter \backslash bibitem \family default (2.13.2), all the cite commands and their variations (2.13.2), the generic graphicx figure commands (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash begin{table} \family default (2.15.4), \family typewriter \backslash begin{tabular} \family default (2.15.4), \family typewriter \backslash caption \family default (2.15.4), \family typewriter \backslash label \family default (2.15.4, amongst other places), \family typewriter \backslash tablerefs \family default (2.15.5), \family typewriter \backslash tablecomments \family default (2.15.5), \family typewriter \backslash url \family default (2.17.4), \family typewriter \backslash end{document} \family default (2.18). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following style options also work correctly: \family typewriter longabstract \family default (2.4), \family typewriter preprint \family default (3.2.1), \family typewriter preprint2 \family default (3.2.2), \family typewriter eqsecnum \family default (3.3), \family typewriter flushrt \family default (3.4). Simply put them in the \family sans Options \family default box in \family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Things that work, but require more comment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following items work, but require a little more discussion: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize These items are reserved for use by the journal editors, but you can put them into the LaTeX preamble if you feel compelled to do so: \family typewriter \backslash received \family default , \family typewriter \backslash revised \family default , \family typewriter \backslash accepted \family default , \family typewriter \backslash ccc \family default , \family typewriter \backslash cpright \family default (all from 2.1.3) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize These items may be placed in the LaTeX preamble, and are included as blanks in the template file: \family typewriter \backslash slugcomment \family default (2.1.4), \family typewriter \backslash shorttitle \family default (2.1.5), \family typewriter \backslash shortauthors \family default (2.1.5) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash email \family default (2.3) – can only be used \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset standalone \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , not in the middle of a paragraph. Use TeX code if you need to embed it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash and \family default (2.3) – will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash notetoeditor \family default (2.6) – can only be used \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset standalone \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , not in the middle of a paragraph. Use TeX code if you need to embed it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash placetable \family default (2.8) – can't insert a cross-reference tag, you must type the tag name by hand \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash placefigure \family default (2.8) – same as for \family typewriter \backslash placetable \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash acknowledgements \family default (2.9) – will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash appendix \family default (2.11) – will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash figcaption \family default (2.14.2) – you can insert an optional filename argument by placing the cursor at the beginning of the text and selecting \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Short Title \family default . \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Short Title \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset inserts an optional argument of the type needed by \family typewriter \backslash figcaption \family default . Hopefully it will be renamed someday. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash objectname \family default (2.17.1) – same as \family typewriter \backslash figcaption \family default for the catalog ID optional parameter \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash dataset \family default (2.17.1) – same as \family typewriter \backslash figcaption \family default for the catalog ID optional parameter \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Things not implemented, use TeX code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash altaffilmark \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash altaffiltext \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash eqnum \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash setcounter{equation} \family default (2.12), Journal name abbreviations (2.13.4), \family typewriter \backslash figurenum \family default (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash epsscale \family default (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash plotone \family default (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash plottwo \family default (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash tablenum \family default (2.15.4), \family typewriter \backslash tableline \family default (2.15.4, insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where you want it. Don't use any of LyX's rules in the table), \family typewriter \backslash tablenotemark \family default (2.15.5), \family typewriter \backslash tablenotetext \family default (2.15.5), much of Misc (2.17, except \family typewriter \backslash objectname \family default , \family typewriter \backslash dataset \family default , \family typewriter \backslash url \family default , and \family typewriter \backslash email \family default ; see above), \family typewriter \backslash singlespace \family default (3.1), \family typewriter \backslash doublespace \family default (3.1), \family typewriter \backslash onecolumn \family default (3.2), \family typewriter \backslash twocolumn \family default (3.2) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Things that cannot be implemented \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} at least in any meaningful sort of way, so I suggest ignoring them. They are the references environment (2.13.3), and the deluxetable environment (2.15). If you really, really need to use deluxetable, I suggest editing it in a separate file with a text editor, then using \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \family default to include it in your LyX document. See the \family typewriter aas_sample.lyx \family default file to see an example of this. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It can be a bit tricky to get LyX to recognize a new layout and document class. When all else fails, do this: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Make certain that LaTeX can find AASTeX. Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AASTeX distribution into a directory completely unrelated to LaTeX or AASTeX and run LaTeX on \family typewriter sample.tex \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Make certain that \family typewriter aastex.layout \family default appears in LyX's \family typewriter layouts \family default folder \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Rerun \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reconfigure \family default in LyX, then restart LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Open a regular new file, not from a template. Does AASTeX appear in the class list in \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default ? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you get a warning from an existing AASTeX document about not being able to find the AASTeX layout or a message about \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset You should not mix title layouts with normal ones \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , things haven't been installed correctly. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection LaTeX error processing a table \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX, by default, attempts to center the table caption/title. This seems to produce a bad interaction in AASTeX so you should click somewhere in the caption/title, then select \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default , then set the \family sans Alignment \family default to \family sans Block \family default . This took care of it for me. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection References \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A couple of things: 1) I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference entries in the text. When you enter the bibliography item data, make sure their is \emph on no \emph default space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year; \emph on e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \emph default type \family typewriter Ressler(1992) \family default , not \family typewriter Ressler (1992) \family default . 2) Entering the references at all is not obvious. The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of the document, then mark it as type \family sans References \family default . That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed. Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information. For new references, go to the end of an existing reference and press return. That will create a new line with its own box, etc. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Including EPS files \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Even though AASTeX provides its own figure commands ( \family typewriter \backslash plotone \family default , for example), I much prefer LaTeX's standard figure commands (with the default graphicx). You can insert the \family typewriter \backslash plotone \family default , etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands as TeX code into a Figure Float box if you desire, but I never have much luck getting the layout right. With the standard graphics, LyX will insert a \family typewriter \backslash usepackage{graphicx} \family default command into the LaTeX preamble and handle the figures in the standard LaTeX2e way, interspersing the figures in the text. I believe ApJ accepts figures exactly this way now; AJ might still use the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset stack everything at the end \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset technique. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Things I could have done, but didn't \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a few \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pretty \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset things I could have implemented, but chose not to. For instance, I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the LyX window, even though it is double-spaced in the paper manuscript. Also, I chose not to make separate layouts for the preprint and preprint2 styles. Since I assume you will spend most of your time in the plain manuscript mode anyway, I decided not to chew up more disk space with this. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Final Caveat \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Your mileage may vary. I've now had papers published by both ApJ and AJ that have had 98% of the effort done in LyX; the last 2% was the LaTeX post-processing and a few cleanups. I have had no trouble with the submission process, and I'm sure the journals were never aware that there might be a difference. So, go forth and publish! \end_layout \begin_layout Section AMS LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on David Johnson; updated by Richard Heck \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent The AMS LaTeX layouts are set up to conform to suggested styles for mathematical papers to be submitted to American Mathematical Society publications. The layouts are not tailored to a specific journal, but easily can be. You should refer to the AMS documentation for specific instructions for each journal (usually it will entail only changing a single line in the TeX output). That documentation is available on the Web at \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.ams.org \end_layout \end_inset or by ftp at \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/ \end_layout \end_inset . These layouts are appropriate, and useful, for any mathematical writing. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two basic AMS LaTeX layouts: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize amsart: The standard AMS article format. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize amsbook: the standard AMS book (really, monograph) format. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The layouts themselves contain only the minimum necessary to use the AMS classes. They do not, in particular, contain any of the `theorem' environments used for setting theorems, lemmas, and the like. These are contained, instead, in the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (AMS) \end_layout \end_inset module, which is loaded by default when when you select one of the AMS classes. (It can also be used with other classes and can be removed, if you would rather use something else.) Less commonly used environments are in the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (AMS-Extended) \end_layout \end_inset module, which must be loaded manually. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By default, theorems and the like are numbered consecutively throughout the document, but this may be modified by loading the module \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (Order by Section) \end_layout \end_inset or, if you are using \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout book (AMS) \end_layout \end_inset , the module \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (Order by Chapter) \end_layout \end_inset . These will number the results as \begin_inset Formula $n.m$ \end_inset , where the first number refers to the section (or chapter) and the second refers to the total number of results so far in that section (or chapter). Many environments are also available unnumbered. These are indicated by an asterisk at the end. If you happen to want \emph on only \emph default unnumbered results, the module \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (Starred) \end_layout \end_inset provides that option. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that these modules do not \emph on have \emph default to be used with the AMS classes. It is perfectly possible to use the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (AMS) \end_layout \end_inset module, and the others mentioned, with other classes, such as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout article \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout report \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout book (KOMA-script) \end_layout \end_inset , and so forth. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection What these layouts provide \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is a long list of included environments provided by these layouts. In AMS-LaTeX, there is, in fact, an opportunity to define an unlimited variety of `theorem' environments. However, the AMS recommends the environments that are available in LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following environments—as well as the standard environments, such as \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout section \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibliography \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout title \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout author \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout date \end_layout \end_inset —are provided by \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout article (AMS) \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout book (AMS) \end_layout \end_inset : \end_layout \begin_layout Description Address This should be the author's permanent address. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Current \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address This should be the author's temporary address at the time of submission, if different from the Address. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Email Author's e-mail address \end_layout \begin_layout Description URL Author's Web address, if desired. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Keywords Key words or phrases used to identify specific topics discussed in the paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications, published and described in \emph on Mathematical Reviews \emph default . These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Thanks \end_layout \begin_layout Description Dedicatory \end_layout \begin_layout Description Translator \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following environments are provided by both the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (AMS) \end_layout \end_inset modules, in the latter case in both starred (unnumbered) and unstarred (numbered) versions. These same environments are provided only in the starred versions by the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (Starred) \end_layout \end_inset module: \end_layout \begin_layout Theorem This is typically used for the statements of major results. \end_layout \begin_layout Corollary* This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from previous statement s. Again, these can be major results. \end_layout \begin_layout Lemma These are smaller results needed to prove other statements. \end_layout \begin_layout Proposition These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general theory being discussed. \end_layout \begin_layout Conjecture These are statements provided without justification, which the author does not know how to prove, but which seem to be true (to the author, at least). \end_layout \begin_layout Definition* Guess what this is for. The font is different for this environment than for the previous ones. \end_layout \begin_layout Example* Used for examples illustrating proven results. \end_layout \begin_layout Problem It's not really known what this is for. You should figure it out. \end_layout \begin_layout Exercise* Write a description for this one. \end_layout \begin_layout Remark This environment is also a type of theorem, usually a lesser sort of observation. \end_layout \begin_layout Claim* Often used in the course of giving a proof of a larger result. \end_layout \begin_layout Case Generally, these are used to break up long arguments, using specific instances of some condition. \end_layout \begin_layout Case The numbering scheme for cases is on its own, not together with other numbered statements. \end_layout \begin_layout Proof At the end of this environment, a QED symbol (usually a square, but it can vary with different styles) is placed. If you want to have other environments within this one—for example, Case environments—and have the QED symbol appear only after them, then the other environments need to be nested within the proof environment. See the section \emph on Nesting Environments \emph default of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default for information on nesting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard And these environments are provided by \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (AMS-Extended) \end_layout \end_inset : \end_layout \begin_layout Criterion* A required condition. \end_layout \begin_layout Algorithm* A general procedure to be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Axiom* This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being discussed. \end_layout \begin_layout Condition* Sometimes used to state a condition assumed within the present context of discussion. \end_layout \begin_layout Note* Similar to a Remark. \end_layout \begin_layout Notation* Used for the explanation of, yes, notation. \end_layout \begin_layout Summary Do we really need to tell you? \end_layout \begin_layout Acknowledgement* Acknowledgement. \end_layout \begin_layout Conclusion* Sometimes used at the end of a long train of argument. \end_layout \begin_layout Fact Used in a way similar to Proposition, though perhaps lower on the scale. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In addition, the AMS classes automatically provide the AMS LaTeX and AMS fonts packages. They need to be available on your system in order to use these environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Section AGU journals ( \family sans aguplus \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Description \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These are the layout files for some of the journals of the American Geophysical Society. It is assumed that you have both the AGU's own class files and AGUplus installed (everything to be found at \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals \end_layout \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New styles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Redefined are \family sans Paragraph \family default , \family sans Paragraph* \family default . They are still called this in the LyX GUI, though their LaTeX equivalents in the AGU classes are \family sans Subsubsubsection \family default and \family sans Subsubsubsection* \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Newly defined styles are \family sans Left_Header \family default , \family sans Right_Header \family default , \family sans Received \family default , \family sans Revised \family default , \family sans Accepted \family default , \family sans CCC \family default , \family sans PaperId \family default , \family sans AuthorAddr \family default , \family sans SlugComment \family default . These are mostly manuscript attributes and defined in the AGU class documentati on. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I suspect this is still badly incomplete. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New floats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Planotable \family default and \family sans Plate \family default . We also have a new \family sans Table_Caption \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Supported journals \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \emph on Journal of Geophysical Research \emph default : \family typewriter jgrga.layout \family default — Martin Vermeer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Add your own, it isn't so hard! Look at the \family typewriter jgrga.layout \family default example and \family typewriter aguplus.inc \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Bugs and things to remember \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In order to use the new layouts, you must remember to do the following for a new document: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \emph on Turn off babel \emph default . This can be done in the \family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document \family default or \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default menu item. (AGU articles are always in English, right? So \emph on don't \emph default choose a language.) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Enter \family typewriter jgrga \family default into the document's \family sans Extra Options \family default field. (Yes, this is a bug.) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Make sure you use the \family typewriter agu.bst \family default bibliography style, by entering \family sans agu \family default into the second field of the BibTeX inset. None of the standard styles will do. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Broadway \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \shape smallcaps Garst Reese \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Broadway is for writing plays. The format is more decorative than Hollywood, and much less standardized. This format should be suitable for workshops. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Special problems \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The same as in Hollywood. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Special features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Insert the \family sans Speaker \family default names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name. The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paper size and Margins \end_layout \begin_layout Standard USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following environments are available. You can use broadway.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default You should not have to use this, but it is here for anything that does not fit otherwise. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Narrative \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z n \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Used to describe stage setting and the action. First use of speaker names in all CAPs. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ACT \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z a \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Automatically numbered. On screen it will be arabic, but will print as Roman. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ACT* \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S at \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Subtitle for \family sans ACT. \family default It is just centered text. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans SCENE \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-S \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Not automatically numbered. You supply the number. This is because I couldn't figure out how. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans AT_RISE: \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-R \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain rises. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Speaker \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z s \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default The speaker's (actor's) title, centered in all CAPS. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Parenthetical \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z p \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Instructions to the speaker. The parentheses are automatically inserted. The ( will appear on screen, but both will be in the printed play. This environment is only used within \family sans Dialogue \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Dialogue \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z d \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default What the Speaker says. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans CURTAIN \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-C \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default The curtain comes down. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-T \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-A \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right_Address \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z r \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Hello there. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Dinbrief \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document class \family sans dinbrief \family default can be used to type letters according to German conventions. A template file is included in \family typewriter .../lyx/share/templates \family default for you to use as a starting point. \end_layout \begin_layout Section EGS journals ( \family sans egs \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Description \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is the layout file for the European Geophysical Society journals. The needed \family typewriter egs.cls \family default can be downloaded from the web site of the EGS under \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout www.copernicus.org \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New styles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Right_address, Latex_Title, Affil, Journal, msnumber, FirstAuthor, Received, Accepted \family default , \family sans Offsets \family default . The current layout file is unfortunately very unmodular and would benefit from using the various \family typewriter std*.inc \family default file inclusions. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Elsevier Journals \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By \noun on Rod Pinna \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. provides a standard LaTeX document class ( \family typewriter elsart.cls \family default ) for submitting articles to their various journals. The style file can be downloaded directly from their web site: \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.elsevier.com/wps/find/authorsview.authors/latex \end_layout \end_inset . Instructions are supplied along with the class file, which details the requirements of the publishers. LyX includes a package that allows for the use of this class, by a layout and a template file. Installation of the class file is the same as for any other LaTeX package; instructions are provided in the Elsevier documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To make use of \family typewriter elsart.cls \family default , a file \family typewriter elsart.layout \family default is supplied. As the Elsevier class file is based mainly on the standard article class, most of the normal functionality is provided. The Elsevier class defines a number of mathematical environments, which are similar to the AMS environments. These commands are all described in the Elsevier documentation, and are available in LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The easiest way to use the Elsevier style is to base documents on the included template file. It is best not to use options such as fancy headings or the geometry package, as elements such as these are defined by Elsevier in their style file. Ideally, no extra packages except those mentioned in the Elsevier documentation should be used. Essentially, Elsevier require as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset clean \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset a LaTeX file as possible, as their intention is to take the supplied file and replace the class file with one for the particular journal to which the paper has been submitted. This also means that not too much time should be spent on the formating of the document. When it comes to be published, this will change anyway. The rest of the usage for this layout is substantially the same as for the normal article class. For details of what Elsevier do and don't allow, refer to their documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Foils [aka \family sans FoilTeX \family default ] \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:foiltex" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Allan Rae \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors. There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class and the \family sans FoilTeX \family default slides class. This section documents the latter. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \size large This section documents the class \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (FoilTeX) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on only. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you're looking for the documentation for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (default) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , check out section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:slitex" \end_inset . If your machine doesn't have the \family sans foils \family default class [ \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (FoilTeX) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ] installed, you'll probably have to use the default \family sans slides \family default class, which isn't quite as good as \family sans foils. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans foils \family default class is designed for use with version 2.1 of the \family sans foils.cls \family default LaTeX class file which is now an integral part of LaTeX2e. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Getting Started \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (FoilTeX) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset from the \family sans Class \family default entry in the \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog. There are some settings in the \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog that you should know about that are specific to this class: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't change the options \family sans Sides \family default and \family sans Columns \family default on the \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog. They're ignored by the \family sans foils \family default class. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The default font size is 20 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt with the other options being 17 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, 25 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt and 30 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The default font is \family sans sans \family default \family sans serif \family default but all math equations are still typeset in the usual roman font. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans FoilTeX \family default supports A4 and Letter paper sizes as well as a special size for working with 35 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm slides. It doesn't support A5, B5, legal or executive paper sizes. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't bother changing the \family sans Float Placement \family default settings because they are ignored anyway. All floats appear where they are defined in the text. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The \family sans Pagestyle \family default setting behaves a bit differently for this class. \family sans FoilTeX \family default provides extensive footer and header capabilities including a user-defined logo. See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:foilfoot" \end_inset for more details. The title page is treated differently to all other pages in the document and is \emph on always \emph default unnumbered and \emph on always \emph default has the logo centered at the bottom of the page (if one is defined). The possible page style choices and what they do are as follows: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans \series bold empty \family default \series default The final output contains no page numbers, or other headers or footers (except footnotes of course). \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans \series bold plain \family default \series default The final output contains page numbers centered at the bottom of the page. No other headings or footers (other than footnotes). \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \series bold foilheadings \series default Page numbers in lower right corner. Additional headers and footers are also shown. This is also the default. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \series bold fancy \series default Gives you access to the \family sans fancyheadings \family default package although its use with \family sans FoilTeX \family default is discouraged by the writer of the \family sans FoilTeX \family default package because of some potential page layout clashes. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Subsubsection Extra Options \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following options may be used in the extra class options in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold 35mmSlide \series default This sets up the page layout for 7.33 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in by 11 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in paper, which is about the same aspect ratio as a 35 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm slide, making it a bit easier to work with this medium. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold headrule \series default Places a rule across the page below the header on every page except the title page. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold footrule \series default Places a rule across the page above the footer on every page except the title page. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold dvips \series default This is automatically set each time you create a new \family sans foils \family default document. This option tells \family sans FoilTeX \family default to use the dvips driver to rotate those pages that are set as landscape foils. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold landscape \series default Simply changes the page dimensions to those of a landscape page but doesn't do any rotation. Thus if you use this option you need to use an external program to rotate each page or feed your paper through your printer as landscape. Note that this option effectively reverses the roles of the \family sans Foilhead \family default and \family sans Rotatefoilhead \family default environments (don't worry these are described in the next section). \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold leqno \series default Equation numbers on the left. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold fleqn \series default Flush-left equations. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Supported Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Most of the environments commonly supported in other classes are also supported by the \family sans foils \family default class. There are several additional environments provided by \family sans FoilTeX \family default as well as a couple added by LyX. The following environments are shared with other classes: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans List \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans LyX-Code \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Verse \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quote \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quotation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Date \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Address \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans RightAddress \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Comment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard That is, all the major environments apart from the sectioning environments. Since foils are essentially self-contained sections, with a title and body, \family sans FoilTeX \family default provides specific commands for starting new foils and these are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Foilhead \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Rotatefoilhead \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX also provides slightly modified versions of these two environments called: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ShortFoilhead \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ShortRotatefoilhead \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and the differences will be explained in the next section. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since foils are often used in presenting ideas or new theorems and such \family sans FoilTeX \family default also provides a comprehensive box of goodies for presenting them: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Theorem \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Lemma \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Corollary \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Proposition \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Definition \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Proof \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Theorem* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Lemma* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Corollary* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Proposition* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Definition* \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The starred versions are unnumbered while the unstarred versions are numbered. There are also two list environments added by LyX and these are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans TickList \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans CrossList \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans FoilTeX \family default provides some powerful header and footer capabilities that are best set in the preamble although they may be set at any point in a document. If you want to change these settings in your document the best place to do so is at the very top of a foil, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \emph on \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \emph default straight after the foilhead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For this purpose, the following command styles are provided [ \shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer \shape default ]: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans My \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Logo \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Restriction \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also a few commands provided by \family sans FoilTeX \family default that aren't directly supported by LyX but I'll tell you what they do and how to use them in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:unsuppfoils" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Building a Set of Foils \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section will give a simple introduction to using the different environments to build a set of foils. If you want to see an example set of foils, take a look at the \family typewriter Foils.lyx \family default file you find in LyX's \family typewriter examples \family default folder. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Give It a Title Page \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Unlike other classes that provide \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default and \family sans Abstract \family default environments, \family sans foils \family default creates the title on a page of its own. If you leave out the \family sans Date \family default environment LaTeX will substitute the current date (every time you regenerate the output). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Start a New Foil \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As I mentioned earlier, there are four ways of starting a new foil. For portrait foils you should use \family sans Foilhead \family default or \family sans ShortFoilhead. \family default The difference between these two environments is the amount of space between the title of the foil (the foilhead) and the body of the foil. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Landscape foils are generated using the \family sans Rotatefoilhead \family default and \family sans ShortRotatefoilhead \family default environments. Again the only difference is the spacing between foilhead and body. Both of the short versions have 0.5 inches less separation between the foilhead and the body. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One problem with the support for landscape foils is the requirement that you have to use the \family typewriter dvips \family default driver to generate the PostScript output otherwise the foils won't be rotated. It is possible to get landscape foils even if you haven't got the \family typewriter dvips \family default driver provided you can feed your foils sideways through your printer ;-) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Due to a small bug in LyX you can't have two of the same type of these environme nts directly following each other. They must be separated by something. If you try, you will just be extending the previous environment as if you had merged the two environments together. So, how do you get around this problem? The simplest option is to insert some text between the two environments or add a \family sans LaTeX \family default environment between the two with just a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter % \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in it. This will force LyX to produce two separate environments and hence the correct LaTeX output. An example is provided in the example file included with the LyX distribution. Remember, this problem only occurs if you are trying to place two of the same type of theorem-like environments one directly after the other. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Lists \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You get all the commonly supported list styles found in other classes as well as two new ones. I'll only describe the new ones here. If you want to find out more about the other list environments check out the \emph on User's Guide. \emph default If you intend to use itemized lists you might also want to read about the \family sans Itemize \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bullet \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Selection \family default dialog described above in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:bullet" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The two new list styles, \family sans TickList \family default and \family sans CrossList \family default , are designed to make it easier for you to create lists of do's and don'ts or right and wrong by providing dedicated environments that use a tick or a cross as the label of the list. These lists are in fact dedicated variants of the \family sans Itemize \family default environment. They do however require that you have the \family typewriter psnfss \family default packages installed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Figures and Tables \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans FoilTeX \family default redefines the floating tables and figures so that they appear exactly where they are in the text rather than pushing them to the top of the page or to some user specified location. In fact if you change the float placement settings they are simply ignored. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Page Headers and Footers \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:foilfoot" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans My \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Logo \family default and \family sans Restriction \family default are two commands used to control the left-footer text string. The first is meant to allow you to include a graphic logo on your foils and defaults to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Typeset by \family sans FoilTeX \family default - \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . While the second is meant to provide a classification for the audience, \emph on e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \emph default \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset Confidential. It is empty by default. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The remaining page corners can be filled by \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \family default (which defaults to page numbers), \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \family default (top right) and \family sans Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \family default (top left). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Unsupported \family sans FoilTeX \family default Goodies \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:unsuppfoils" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All the commands mentioned below need to be set in a \family sans LaTeX \family default environment or as \family sans TeX \family default within another environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Lengths \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All lengths are adjusted using the \family typewriter \backslash setlength{ \family default \emph on lengthname \family typewriter \emph default }{ \family default \emph on newlength \family typewriter \emph default } \family default command. Where \emph on lengthname \emph default should be replaced by the name given to the length you want to change and \emph on newlength \emph default is the length value. All lengths should be specified in units of length such as inches ( \family typewriter in \family default ), millimeters ( \family typewriter mm \family default ) or points ( \family typewriter pt \family default ) or relative to some document or font-based length such as \family typewriter \backslash textwidth \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It's possible to change the spacing between a foilhead and the body of the foil by adjusting the length specified by \family typewriter \backslash foilheadskip \family default . For example, to make \emph on all \emph default foilheads 0.5 \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset in closer to their bodies put the following in the preamble: \family typewriter \backslash setlength{ \backslash foilheadskip}{-0.5in} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The spacings around floats can be adjusted by setting these lengths: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash abovefloatskip \family default Separation between the text and the top of the float \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash abovecaptionskip \family default Separation between the float and the caption \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash belowcaptionskip \family default Separation between the caption and the following text \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash captionwidth \family default You can make the captions narrower than the surrounding text by adjusting this length. Best done relative to \family typewriter \backslash textwidth \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also several title page related lengths that you may find useful if you have a long title or several authors: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash abovetitleskip \family default Separation from headers to \family sans Title \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash titleauthorskip \family default between \family sans Title \family default and \family sans Author \family default environments \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash authorauthorskip \family default between multiple \family sans Author \family default lines \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash authordateskip \family default between the \family sans Author \family default and the \family sans Date \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash dateabstractskip \family default between the \family sans Date \family default and the \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The last length related command affects all the list environments. If you place \family typewriter \backslash zerolistvertdimens \family default \emph on inside \emph default a list environment then all the vertical spacing between the list items is removed. Note that this is a command not a length so it doesn't require \family typewriter \backslash setlength \family default like the stuff mentioned above. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Headers and Footers \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family typewriter \backslash LogoOn \family default and \family typewriter \backslash LogoOff \family default commands control whether the logo in the \family sans MyLogo \family default definition appear on a given page. If you put \family typewriter \backslash LogoOff \family default in the preamble then none of the foils will have the logo on them. If you don't want the logo on a particular page place the \family typewriter \backslash LogoOff \family default directly after the foilhead of that page and the \family typewriter \backslash LogoOn \family default directly after the next foilhead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you decide to use the \family sans fancy \family default page style setting in the \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog you should probably add \family typewriter \backslash let \backslash headwidth \backslash textwidth \family default to your preamble so headers and footers on landscape pages are correctly placed when rotated. This is due to some clashes between the page layouts provided by the \family sans fancyheadings \family default package and the \family sans foils \family default class. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \shape smallcaps Garst Reese \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset rite of passage. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset It is designed to make the readers focus on content and to be easy and familiar for the actors to read. Each page of a script should be one minute of film. Nothing goes in a script that you cannot see or hear on screen. The courier 12 pt font should be used throughout. No italics. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Special problems \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Speakers' lines should NEVER break in mid-sentence. If a speaker's lines continue over a page break, repeat the \family sans Speaker \family default title followed by (Cont'd). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Special features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Insert the \family sans Speaker \family default names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name. The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters. You can use this to insert the speaker name in narratives also. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paper size and Margins \end_layout \begin_layout Standard USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following environments are available. You can use hollywood.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Used where nothing else works. Try to avoid it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans FADE_IN \family default : \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \family sans M-z S-I \family default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Usually followed by something like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset on Sally waking up. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans INT: \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z i \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up. Always followed by DAY or NIGHT, or something similar to define the lighting required. Everthing on this line in CAPS. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans EXT: \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z e \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up. Everthing on this line in CAPS. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Speaker \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z s \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default The character speaking. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Parenthetical \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z p \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Instructions to the speaker. The () are automatically inserted, but only the ( will show in LyX. Both will be printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Dialogue \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z d \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default What the \family sans Speaker \family default says. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Transition \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z t \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Camera movement instruction. e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset CUT TO: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans FADE OUT: \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-I \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-A \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-T \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right_Address \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z r \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Script jargon \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize (O.S) — off screen \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize (V.0) — voice over \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize b. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. — background \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize C.U. — close-up \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize PAN — camera movement \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize INSERT — cut to close-up of \end_layout \begin_layout Section ijmpc and ijmpd \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The ijmpc package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the \emph on International Journal of Modern Physics C \emph default . Similarly, the ijmpd package is for creating manuscripts to be submitted to the \emph on International Journal of Modern Physics D \emph default . Both journals are published by World Scientific. The corresponding document classes are named \family typewriter ws-ijmpc.cls \family default and \family typewriter ws-ijmpd.cls \family default , respectively. These files, together with instructions for the authors, can be downloaded from the sites \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpc/mkt/guidelines.shtml \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml \end_layout \end_inset . Both packages are modified versions of the standard \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset package, and they are almost (but not exactly) identical. Most of their features are supported by LyX. I have used LyX successfully to write articles submitted to both journals without any problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Writing a paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As usual, the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template. Click on \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from \family default \family sans \bar under T \bar default emplate \family default , then choose the \family typewriter ijmpc.lyx \family default or \family typewriter ijmpd.lyx \family default template. This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript. Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, \family typewriter <> \family default ) with your text. You should keep in mind the following remarks. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate LyX won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document, because such modifications are not allowed by both packages. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The language of the document should not be changed. Before previewing your paper, be sure that the babel package is not used. To do this, click on \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences \family default , select the \family sans Lang Opts \family default tab, deselect the \family sans Use babel \family default checkbox in the language settings, and click on \family sans Apply \family default (or \family sans Save \family default , if you wish to make this change permanent). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Keywords \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset style must be used to define keywords. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The ijmpc package provides a style named \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Classification Codes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , which can be used to define classification codes, such as PACS numbers. Note that this facility is not supported by the ijmpd package. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Several new environments are available: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Definition \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Step \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Example \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Remark \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Notation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Theorem \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Proof \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Corollary \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lemma \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Proposition \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Prop \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Question \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Claim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Conjecture \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Their use is more or less obvious. LyX supports all these environments; it will use the proper label, text style, and numbering scheme for each of them. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Both packages use basic citations; the natbib package should not be used. In LyX, citation references are shown as usual; in the output, citations are shown as superscripts. If you want to use a citation as normal text, you should use the \family typewriter refcite \family default command, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset See Ref. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash refcite{key} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate There is no \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Acknowledgments \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset section in both packages. To put acknowledgments, just use the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Section* \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Appendices may be added to the paper, \emph on after \emph default the Acknowledgments and \shape italic before \shape default the References. LyX provides a special environment, called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Appendices Section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which marks the beginning of the appendices. This environment should be left blank; it just sends a LaTeX command, but nothing is really printed. In LyX, the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Appendix \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is printed with blue letters, as a signal that all sections after that point are appendices. To write an appendix, use the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Appendix \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset environment. LyX will number each appendix with capital letters, as required by both journals. Note that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Appendices Section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on must \emph default be present before the first appendix; if not, all appendices will be numbered as normal sections in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The ijmpc and the ijmpd packages use the \family typewriter tbl \family default command to implement table captions. As a result, a table created by LyX is printed correctly, but its caption is ignored. However, you can use some TeX code to overcome this problem, so that captions are printed as expected. To do so, create a float table as usual, remove the caption, and replace it with the TeX code \family typewriter \backslash tbl{ \emph on your table caption \emph default }{ \family default (sic); you must also the TeX code \family typewriter } \family default immediately after the tabular material. Study the example table included in the template files to see how this trick is implemented. Alternatively, If you need table captions, you should implement the whole table float in a \family typewriter .tex \family default file, then include this file to the LyX document ( \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \family default ). Details on how to create a table float can be found in the files \family typewriter ws-ijmpc.tex \family default and \family typewriter ws-ijmpd.tex \family default , included in the corresponding packages. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Preparing a paper for submission \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before you submit your paper you must export the LyX document as a LaTeX file ( \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX \family default ) \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Actually you have the choice between LaTeX (plain) and pdflatex. If you intend to use pdflatex to prepare the paper, you should use the pdflatex option so that included graphics are converted to PDF format, ready for use by pdflatex. \end_layout \end_inset , then make the following changes to the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Remove the comment lines before the \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default command. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Remove everything between (and including) the \family typewriter \backslash makeatletter \family default and \family typewriter \backslash makeatother \family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The modified \family typewriter .tex \family default file should be saved and processed through LaTeX as many times as necessary. You may also want to check the resulting \family typewriter .dvi \family default document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Use of TeX code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The use of TeX code is reduced to two commands, which must be placed at the top of the document. If you started writing your paper by using the \family typewriter ijmpc.lyx \family default or the \family typewriter ijmpd.lyx \family default template, the TeX code needed is already in its place; you usually don't need to delete it. You may only modify the first TeX code to specify the information printed to the top of odd and even pages (authors' names and short paper's title, respectively). This TeX code must have the form \family typewriter \backslash markboth{Authors' Names}{Short Paper's Title} \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Section iopart \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Uwe Stöhr \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The iopart package provides a document class to create electronic manuscript submission to the journals published by the Institute of Physics. Instructions for the authors how to create a paper using the iopart class can be downloaded together with the iopart package from the site \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://ftp.iop.org/pub/journals/latex2e \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Writing a paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the file \emph on IOP-article.lyx \emph default that is available in LyX's examples files folder. Open this file, save it under a new name, and start writing. The example file explains how to use the special text environments. Here are the most important advices: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize To be able to compile your document to a PDF, PS, or DVI, ensure that the two options \family sans Use AMS math package \family default in the document settings under \family sans Math Options \family default are not used! \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \size normal The title environment defines the kind of your paper. So use one of the following environments for the title: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \size normal Title \family default for a Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \size normal Review \family default for a Review \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \size normal Topical \family default for a Topical review \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \size normal Comment \family default for a Comment \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \size normal Note \family default for a Note \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \size normal Paper \family default for a Paper (same as Title) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \size normal Prelim \family default for a Preliminary communication \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \size normal Rapid \family default for a Rapid communication \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \size normal Letter \family default for a Letter to the editor \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \size normal All title environments except of \family sans Letter \family default can have an optional short title. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize There is a general title environment \family sans Article \family default which is not directly supported by the LyX. This can be used as TeX code when your document doesn't fit into one of the other title types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For more informations like hints for special table and formula formatting, look at the IOP author guidelines. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Kluwer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The Kluwer package is a set of macros produced by Kluwer Academic Publishers that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the journals they publish. Most known of them (at least in my domain of interest) are \emph on Astrophysics and Space Science \emph default and \emph on Solar Physics \emph default , but there are many others (see a complete list at \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME \end_layout \end_inset ). The Kluwer package may be downloaded from the site \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES \end_layout \end_inset . A complete user guide is contained in that package (but it can also be downloaded separately). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX supports many features of the package but not everything. However, the TeX code needed is reduced to some \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset peculiar \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset commands of the package (see \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:kluwer_peculiarities" \end_inset ). I have recently used LyX to write an article submitted to the \emph on Astrophysics and Space Science \emph default without any problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Writing a paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the Kluwer template file. Click on \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from \family default \family sans Template \family default , then choose the \family typewriter kluwer.lyx \family default template. This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript and a short description of their use. As in most templates, simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, \family typewriter <> \family default ) with the correct information. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Preparing a paper for submission \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As in the AASTeX package, before you submit your paper to a journal you must \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset postprocess \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset it as follows. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Export your paper as a LaTeX file. To do this, click on \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Edit the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file with a text editor and make the following changes \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate remove the comment lines before the \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default command, \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate remove everything between (and including) the \family typewriter \backslash makeatletter \family default and \family typewriter \backslash makeatother \family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Save the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Run the \family typewriter .tex \family default file through LaTeX as many times as necessary (usually up to three). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate View the resulting \family typewriter .dvi \family default document using, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \family sans xdvi \family default , and check if everything is OK (it should, if you didn't make any mistake). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the Kluwer package \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:kluwer_peculiarities" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The Kluwer package has the following \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate It is possible to write multiple articles in the same LaTeX file \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout I can't imagine any good reason to do this. \end_layout \end_inset . Each article must be included in the environment \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Unfortunately, this environment cannot be omitted, even if you write just one article. Therefore, each article starts with the command \family typewriter \backslash begin{article} \family default and, obviously, ends with the command \family typewriter \backslash end{article} \family default . Although this can be implemented in LyX, I didn't included it, since it looks ugly and can confuse the novice user. Therefore, you need to enter them directly and mark them as LaTeX code (the well-known \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset TeX code \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Information given at the beginning of the article (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset title, subtitle, author, institution, running title, running author, abstract and keywords) must be included in an environment called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset opening \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This is not implemented in LyX, so you must enter title, subtitle etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset between two TeX code lines ( \family typewriter \backslash begin{opening} \family default and \family typewriter \backslash end{opening} \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate According to the user manual, the label of each bibliography item must be written as \family typewriter \backslash protect \backslash citeauthoryear{ \family default \emph on author(s) \family typewriter \emph default }{ \family default \emph on year \family typewriter \emph default } \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family typewriter kluwer.lyx \family default template takes care of all these \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If you start a new paper using this template you don't need to do anything special. Just \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate don't delete the TeX code included in the template, and \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate copy the example bibliography item included in the template and modify it as necessary to enter new bibliography items. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Koma-Script \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Bernd Rellermeyer \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The LyX document classes \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default , \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default , \emph on book \emph default \emph on (koma-script) \emph default , and \emph on letter \emph default \emph on (koma-script) \emph default correspond to the LaTeX document classes \family typewriter scrartcl.cls \family default , \family typewriter scrreprt.cls \family default , \family typewriter scrbook.cls \family default , and \family typewriter scrlettr.cls \family default , resp. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of the Koma-Script family. They are replacements for the standard document classes \family typewriter article.cls \family default , \family typewriter report.cls \family default , \family typewriter book.cls \family default and \family typewriter letter.cls \family default , resp., and fit better to European typography conventions in a number of points. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Standard character size is 11pt in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default , \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default , and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default , and 12pt in \emph on letter (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Headings, labels of the description environment, and a number of elements of the \emph on letter (koma-script) \emph default document class are set in a bold sans serif font. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout There is a big difference between the bold sans serif old cm fonts and new ec fonts, especially in the appearance of headings. In comparison, the ec bold sans serif fonts look a bit thin. Here the LaTeX package \family typewriter cmsd.sty by \family default \shape smallcaps Walter Schmidt \shape default helps to produce the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset usual \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset appearance when using the ec fonts. \end_layout \end_inset The numbering of chapter headings is made in the same way as the numbering of section headings, that is without the extra line \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chapter\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . In addition, the appearance of the headings can be modified by using a number of options (in LyX to be entered in the field \family sans Extra \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options \family default of the dialog \family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area are the options \family sans BCOR \family default and \family sans DIV \family default (in LyX to be entered in the extra class options field in the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default ). They make a clearer modification of page margins possible as do the options of the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family define a number of additional commands. Those part of it which makes sense in LyX is implemented in corresponding paragraph types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Detailed descriptions of the LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family can be found in the Koma-Script documentation \emph on scrguide \emph default (German) and \emph on scrguien \emph default (English). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document classes \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default , \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default , and \emph on book \emph default \emph on (koma-script) \emph default are implemented in the layout files \family typewriter scrartcl.layout \family default , \family typewriter scrreprt.layout \family default , and \family typewriter scrbook.layout \family default , resp. They contain all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document classes \emph on article \emph default , \emph on report \emph default , and \emph on book \emph default , resp., partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific \family sans List \family default -type, which is replaced by the new \family sans Labeling \family default -type having the same functionality. Beside the \family sans Labeling \family default -Type there is a number of new paragraph types added. They are \emph on not \emph default part of \emph on letter (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Addpart, Addchap \family default , \family sans Addsec \family default : are equivalents to \family sans Part*, Chapter* \family default and \family sans Section* \family default , resp., additionally inserting an entry in the table of contents. \family sans Addpart \family default and \family sans Addchap \family default are not contained in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Addchap* \family default , \family sans Addsec* \family default : behave exactly as \family sans Addchap \family default and \family sans Addsec \family default , resp., additionally clearing running heads. \family sans Addchap* \family default is not contained in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout There is also an \family typewriter \backslash addpart* \family default command in \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default and in \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default , but since this is identical to \family sans Part* \family default , is has not been implemented in LyX. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Minisec \family default : generates a heading directly above the following paragraph in the standard character size without affecting the structure of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Captionabove \family default and \family sans Captionbelow \family default are special captions which respect the different space settings needed for captions placed above or below an element (if you follow strict typographic rules, you might want to place table captions always above the table). You can also use the class option \family typewriter tablecaptionsabove \family default , which will switch \family sans caption \family default to \family sans captionabove \family default for tables and \family sans captionbelow \family default for figures. You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Dictum \family default : can be used to set a bonmot, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset at the beginning of a chapter. If you use the optional argument ( \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Short \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Title \family default ), you can insert the dictum's author there. Dictum and author are separated by a line. You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this. \family sans Dictum \family default is not contained in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following types, together with the standard types \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , and \family sans Date \family default , form the title area of the document. They must be entered ahead of the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ordinary \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset paragraph. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The corresponding LaTeX commands must appear before the \family typewriter \backslash maketitle \family default command. \end_layout \end_inset When such a type is used more than once, the latter usage overwrites the former one, that means, for every type only the latest usage is valid. The order of the different types however has, like \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , and \family sans Date \family default , no effect on the appearance of the produced document. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subject \family default : produces a centered paragraph above the ordinary title ( \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default ) for the subject of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Publishers \family default : produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title ( \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default ) for the publishers' name. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Dedication \family default : in \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default produces a centered paragraph on its own page behind the title page, or in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title ( \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default , \family sans Publishers \family default ) for a dedication. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Titlehead \family default : produces a left aligned paragraph above the ordinary title ( \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default , \family sans Subject \family default ) for a document`s head. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Uppertitleback \family default : produces in a double-sided print in \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default a left-aligned paragraph at the top of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Lowertitleback \family default : produces in a double-sided print in \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default a left-aligned paragraph at the bottom of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Extratitle \family default : produces a special \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset dirty \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset page ahead of the actual document containing a paragraph without special formatting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The layout files for the document classes \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default , \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default , and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default do include the file \family typewriter scrmacros.inc \family default . This is thought of as a place to define your own types. Copy scrmacros \family typewriter .inc \family default in your personal layout directory and edit the file! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection letter (koma-script) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent The document class \emph on letter (koma-script) \emph default is implemented in the layout file \family typewriter scrlettr.layout \family default . It contains all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document class \emph on letter \emph default , partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific types \family sans LyX-Code \family default and \family sans Comment \family default and the \family sans List \family default type, which is replaced by the new \family sans Labeling \family default type. In addition, it contains, in contrast to the standard document class, the standard types \family sans LaTeX \family default , \family sans Quotation \family default , \family sans Quote \family default , and \family sans Verse \family default . Furthermore, there are a number of new letter specific types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The appearance of the letter produced by this document class can be controlled by a number of LaTeX commands, which you can put in the LaTeX preamble. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For example, the standard appearance of the letter`s heading, consisting of name and address, is quite self-willed. An \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ordinary \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset heading is produced by the following LaTeX commands in the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash firsthead{ \backslash parbox[b]{ \backslash textwidth} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code { \backslash ignorespaces \backslash fromname \backslash \backslash \backslash ignorespaces \backslash fromaddress}} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash nexthead{ \backslash parbox[b]{ \backslash textwidth} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code { \backslash ignorespaces \backslash fromname \backslash hfill \backslash ignorespaces \backslash pagename \backslash \backslash thepage}} \end_layout \end_inset A detailed German description of such LaTeX commands can be found in the Koma-Script documentation \emph on scrguide \emph default . With it, the letter's author can produce his personal letter layout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The types \family sans Letter \family default and \family sans Opening \family default define the beginning of the letter and must be used in every letter. To emphasize them in the LyX document class, they are marked with the letter \shape italic L \shape default or \shape italic O \shape default , resp. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in the left margin. It is possible to write any number of letters in one file. An \family sans Opening \family default type produces a new letter using the same addressee and a \family sans Letter \family default type produces a new addressee. The types \family sans Closing \family default , \family sans PS \family default , \family sans CC \family default , and \family sans Encl \family default are ordinary paragraph types and can also be used several times in one and the same letter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Letter \family default : produces a paragraph for the addressee and implicitly defines the beginning of the letter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Opening \family default : produces a paragraph for the form of address and implicitly produces a new letter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Closing \family default : produces a paragraph for a close. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans PS \family default : produces a paragraph for a postscript. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans CC \family default : produces a paragraph for a distribution list. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Encl \family default : produces a paragraph for enclosures. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The types \family sans Name \family default , \family sans Signature \family default , \family sans Address \family default , \family sans Telephone \family default , \family sans Place \family default , \family sans Backaddress \family default , \family sans Specialmail \family default , \family sans Location \family default , \family sans Title \family default , and \family sans Subject \family default are input types provided with a label to enter information, which will be processed by the document class. \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence, that the types \family sans Letter \family default and \family sans Opening \family default described above are not such input types as well. Because of the special meaning of those types, however, I have implemented them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin. Moreover, it would affect my feeling of symmetry, if the \family sans Opening \family default type and the \family sans Closing \family default type had such a serious different appearance. \end_layout \end_inset The types must be used ahead of the corresponding \family sans Opening \family default type. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An implementation of these types in a WYSIWYG fashion does not seem to make sense, because the real appearance of the produced letter does not only depend on the usage of the particular type, but also on other factors. For example, a signature entered in the \family sans Signature \family default type will in the standard behavior appear in the produced letter only, when in the same letter also a \family sans Closing \family default type is used. The entered value of the \family sans Telephone \family default type will in the standard behavior not appear in the produced letter at all. The possibility to design the letter`s heading freely is already indicated in a footnote above. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The input types can also be used as empty paragraphs. This makes sense e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset for the \family sans Signature \family default type. If the \family sans Signature \family default type is not used at all, in the standard behavior the value of the \family sans Name \family default type is used as signature, whereas if an empty \family sans Signature \family default type is used, no signature value is defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By using the input types it is possible to write a letter template, containing filled input types with your personal dates (name, address, etc.) and empty input types for other dates you want to enter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Name \family default : sender's name, in the standard behavior appears as a centered paragraph in small caps in the letter`s heading. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Signature \family default : sender's signature, in the standard behavior appears below the \family sans Closing \family default type. If no \family sans Signature \family default type is used, the value of the \family sans Name \family default type appears instead. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Address \family default : sender's address, in the standard behavior appears in a centered paragraph in the letter`s heading below the sender's name. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Telephone \family default : sender's telephone number, in the standard behavior only sets the LaTeX variable \family typewriter \backslash telephonenum \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Place \family default : place of the letter`s making. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Date \family default : date of the letter`s making. \family sans Place \family default and \family sans Date \family default , in the standard behavior, produce the place and the date in a right-aligned line below the addressee's field. If an empty \family sans Date \family default type is used, neither place nor date appear, independent of the value of the \family sans Place \family default type. If no \family sans Date \family default type is used, the date of the letter `s production is used. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Backaddress \family default : sender`s back address, in the standard behavior appears above the addressee's field in a small sans serif font. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Specialmail \family default : special mail information, in the standard behavior appears underlined above the addressee's field below the back address. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Location \family default : additional information, in the standard behavior appears on right side below the addressee`s field. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \family default : the letter's title, in the standard behavior appears in a big, bold, sans serif font above the subject. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subject \family default : the letter's subject, in the standard behavior appears in a bold font above the \family sans Opening \family default paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The types \family sans Yourref \family default , \family sans Yourmail \family default , \family sans Myref \family default , \family sans Customer \family default , and \family sans Invoice \family default produce a business letter like line above the \family sans Title \family default line containing the fields \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Your ref. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Your letter of \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Our ref. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Customer no. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Invoice no. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Date \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For the date field, the value of the \family sans Date \family default type is used. If one of these \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset business letter types \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is used, the value of the \family sans Place \family default type however does not appear, but only the LaTeX variable \family typewriter \backslash fromplace \family default is set. The ordinary output of place and date in a right-aligned line below the addressee`s field is suppressed. The types are implemented as input types provided with a label and must be used ahead of the corresponding \family sans Opening \family default type. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Yourref \family default : Your ref. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Yourmail \family default : Your letter of. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Myref \family default : Our ref. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Customer \family default : Customer no. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Invoice \family default : Invoice no. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent Koma-Script version 2.8 has introduced a new letter class \family typewriter scrlttr2 \family default which supersedes the now unsupported \family typewriter scrlettr \family default . It has — on the LaTeX side — a completely new interface and is not compatible with the old class. Therefore, LyX supports both, though it is recommended you use the new class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This class covers the same functionality as \emph on letter (koma-script), \emph default and a few more. The basic items are \family sans Address \family default (receiver's address, same as \family sans Letter \family default in the old layout), \family sans Opening \family default , and \family sans Closing \family default . \family sans NextAddress \family default will start a new letter (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset you can write several letters per document). New elements are sender's \family sans E-Mail \family default , \family sans URL \family default , \family sans Fax \family default , \family sans Bank \family default and the possibility to use a \family sans Logo \family default (via \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Graphics \family default ) in the header. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The biggest improvement is, though, that the letter's layout is configurable to meet almost any needs. This can be done via the preamble or with a special style file (Letter Class Option, extension \family typewriter *.lco \family default ), that will be read in as a class option. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The KOMA package comes with some default \family typewriter *.lco \family default files. There is, for instance, a \family typewriter DIN.lco \family default file that follows german typesetting rules, or a \family typewriter KOMAold.lco \family default that provides the default layout of the old \family typewriter scrlettr \family default class. The latter can be loaded with the class option \family typewriter KOMAold \family default , inserted via the \family sans \bar under L \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator Extra Options \family default field. \end_layout \end_inset Have a look at the \emph on koma-letter2 \emph default template that is included in LyX for examples. A detailed description is to be found in the Koma-Script documentation ( \emph on scrguide \emph default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Problems \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Visualizing the Koma-Script document classes in LyX, the LyX internals cause some problems. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The chapter number of a \family sans Chapter \family default type appears on a line of its own above the chapter heading instead of appearing in the same line ahead of it. The cause for that is the LyX internal behavior for the labeltype \family sans Counter_Chapter \family default in the layout file. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The headings of the types \family sans Addchap \family default and \family sans Addsec \family default are only put in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset true \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset LaTeX table of contents, but not in the LyX table of contents ( \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Contents \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The paragraphs in a \emph on letter \emph default document class appear in a skip separation mode, not indented. This is the standard behavior, no special LaTeX commands are needed for that. But in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog the corresponding radio button indicates \family sans Indent \family default . A \family sans Skip \family default value always has the effect that extra LaTeX commands are inserted in the document to produce the gap, which is not what is wanted in this case. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Allan Rae \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since this class is specifically for writing submissions to IEEE sponsored conferences I strongly recommend that you get a copy of their Authors Kit. The \family sans latex.sty \family default package and associated bibliography style file is included in the kit. The Authors Kit is usually sent out by email once your initial submission has been accepted. There is a lot of useful information in the Authors Kit explaining formatting restrictions and so on and I will assume you have read this since that means I don't have to repeat it all here. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Getting Started \end_layout \begin_layout Standard [AR\SpecialChar \@. more to come] \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Supported Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans E-mail \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Affiliation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Section \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans SubSection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Differences Between Screen and Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are slight differences in appearance mainly with the presentation of section counters. On screen the trailing period of the section counter is missing but it will appear in the output so don't let this worry you. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Memoir \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By \noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Memoir is a very powerful and constantly evolving class. It has been designed with regard to fictional and non-fictional literature. Its aim is to let the user have maximum control over the typesetting of his document. Memoir is based on the standard book class, but it can also emulate the article class (see below). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Peter Wilson, the developer of Memoir, is known as the author of lots of useful packages in the LaTeX world. Most of them have been merged with Memoir. Therefore, it is much easier to layout the table of contents, appendices, chapter designs and such. LyX, though, does not support all of these goodies natively. Some of them might be added to forthcoming releases \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout You are invited to send suggestions to \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset , lots will probably never, due to the limitations of LyX's framework. Of course you can still use all features with the help of some native LaTeX commands (TeX code \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Cf. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash \end_layout \end_inset section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code" \end_inset for details. \end_layout \end_inset ). In this section, we can only list those features which are natively supported by LyX. For detailed descriptions (and for the rest of features) we recommend you have a look at the detailed manual of the Memoir class \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Cf. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset , which is not only a user guide for the class, but also both a comprehensive description on good typesetting and a superb example for good typesetting itself. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Basic features and restrictions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Memoir supports basically all features of the standard book classes. There are, however, some differences, as follows: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Font \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sizes: Memoir has a broader range of font sizes: 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17 \end_layout \begin_layout Description Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset style: The fancy page style is not supported, due to a command clash between Memoir and the fancyhdr package (they both define a command with the same name, which confuses LaTeX). Instead, Memoir comes with a number of its own page styles (see \family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default ). If you want to use these for the chapter pages, you have to use the command \family typewriter \backslash chapterstyle \family default in the main text or in preamble (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash chapterstyle{companion} \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Description Sectioning: Sectionings (chapter, section, subsection etc.) come with an optional argument in the standard classes. With this, you can specify an alternative version of the title for the table of contents and the headers (for instance, if the title is too long). In LyX, you can do this via \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Short \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Title \family default at the beginning of a chapter/section. Memoir features a second optional argument and thus separates the table of contents from the header. You can define three variants of a title with this: one for the main text, one for the table of contents, and one for the headers. Simply insert two optional arguments if you need this feature, the first one containing the short title for the Table of Contents, the second one containing an alternative short title for the headers. \end_layout \begin_layout Description TOC/LOT/LOF: In the standard classes (and in many other classes), the table of contents, the list of figures and the list of table start a new page automatically. Memoir does not follow this route. You have to insert a page break yourself, if you want to have one. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Titlepage: For some unknown reason, Memoir uses pagination on the title page (in the standard classes, title pages are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset empty \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset without pagina). If you want an empty title page, type \family typewriter \backslash aliaspagestyle{title}{empty} \family default in the preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Article: With the class option \emph on article \emph default (to be inserted in \family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Extra \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options \family default ), you can emulate article style. That is, counters (footnotes, figures, tables etc.) will not be reset on new chapters, chapters don't start a new page (but are—in contrary to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset real \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset article classes—still allowed), parts, though, use their own page, as in book. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Oldfontcommands: By default, Memoir does not allow the use of the deprecated font commands, which have been used in the old LaTeX version 2.09 (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash rm \family default , \family typewriter \backslash it \family default ). It produces an error and stops LaTeX whenever such a command appears. The class option \emph on oldfontcommands \emph default reallows the commands and spits out warnings instead (which does at least not stop LaTeX). Since a lot of packages and particularly BibTeX style files are still using those commands, we have decided to use this option by default. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Extra features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We will only describe the features supported by LyX (which is not much currently ). Please consult the Memoir manual \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Cf. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Abstract: You may wonder why an abstract is an extra feature. Well, it is in book class. Usually books don't have abstracts. Memoir, however, has. You can use it wherever and how often you like. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Chapterprecis: You may know this older typesetting style: The contents of a chapter are summarized below the title and also in the table of contents (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \emph on Our hero arrives in Troia; he loses some friends; he finds others \emph default ). Chapterprecis does exactly this. It is therefore only sensible below a chapter. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Epigraph: An epigraph is a smart slogan or motto at the beginning of a chapter. The epigraph environment provides an elegant way of typesetting such a motto. The motto itself (text) and its author (source) are divided by a short line. Unfortunately, we have to fool LyX a bit here again, since the environment needs two arguments (text and source). In this case, we have to use curly brackets (in TeX mode) between the two arguments: \emph on \emph default \family typewriter }{ \family default \emph on . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Poemtitle: Memoir has lots of possibilities to typeset poetry (up to very complex figurative poems). LyX can only support a few of them. One is poemtitle, which is a centered title for poems, which will also be added to the table of contents (verse is the standard environment for poems. Memoir has some enhanced versions of verse, but you need to use TeX code, because they have to be nested inside regular verse environments, which is not possible with LyX). \end_layout \begin_layout Description Poemtitle*: Same as poemtitle, but it adds no entry to the table of contents. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) \begin_inset Argument status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The \family typewriter mw \family default Classes \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Tomasz Luczak \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The LyX document classes \emph on article (mwart) \emph default , \emph on report (mwrep) \emph default and \emph on book \emph default \emph on (mwbk) \emph default correspond to the LaTeX document classes \family typewriter mwart.cls \family default , \family typewriter mwrep.cls \family default and \family typewriter mwbk.cls \family default , resp. They are replacements for the standard document classes \family typewriter article.cls \family default , \family typewriter report.cls \family default and \family typewriter book.cls \family default , resp., and fit better to Polish typography conventions in a number of points. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Basic differences: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Unnumbered titles (with star, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \family sans Section* \family default ) are added into table of contents, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Additional page styles: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Description uheadings header with separated lines, \end_layout \begin_layout Description myheadings custom header, contents headers via commands: \family typewriter \backslash markright \family default and \family typewriter \backslash markboth \family default , \end_layout \begin_layout Description myuheadings custom header with separated lines, \end_layout \begin_layout Description outer page number is placed on outer side of page \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Options \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Description rmheadings serif titles — default, \end_layout \begin_layout Description sfheadings sansserif titles, \end_layout \begin_layout Description authortitle on title page first placed is author next title — default, \end_layout \begin_layout Description titleauthor on title page first placed is title next author, \end_layout \begin_layout Description withmarginpar reserve place on page for margins. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Section Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document class \family sans paper \family default provides an alternative to the standard \family sans article \family default class. It provides similar functionality, but you might prefer this layout with sans serif sections, headings, and more. \end_layout \begin_layout Section RevTeX4 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Amir Karger \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent The \family sans Revtex \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4 \family default textclass works with the American Physical Sociey's RevTeX 4.0 (the \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ \end_inset release of May, 1999) class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX has a \family sans Revtex \family default textclass, which works with RevTeX 3.1. However, v3.1 is basically obsolete, as it works with LaTeX 2.09. That means that it doesn't interact very well with LyX, which requires LaTeX2e, although it has been kludged to work. Since RevTeX 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with LaTeX2e, LyX with the \family sans RevTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4 \family default textclass should also be pretty easy to use. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These documents are supposed to be used in \emph on addition \emph default to the RevTeX 4.0 documents, so we don't describe any of the special RevTeX macros, and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Installation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All you need to do is install RevTeX 4, as described in the package's README file. The package can be found at The RevTeX 4 Web Site \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/ \end_layout \end_inset . Install it somewhere that LaTeX can see it. Test it by trying to LaTeX a short RevTeX 4 document in some random directory (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then, if you reconfigure LyX, it will find the class file and let you use the RevTeX4 textclass. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a RevTeX 4 document using \family typewriter tex2lyx \family default , or to use the \family sans Revtex \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4 \family default template, found in the templates directory. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Preamble Matter \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Optional arguments to \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default , like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset preprint \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset aps \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , go in the \family sans E \bar under x \bar default tra \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options \family default field in the \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog, as usual. Remember that in RevTeX, at least one optional argument is required! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Other preamble matter, like \family typewriter \backslash draft \family default etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset goes in the \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preamble \family default dialog, also as usual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Layouts \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The layouts basically correspond to the commands in RevTeX4.0. For example, the Email layout corresponds to \family typewriter \backslash email{} \family default . Note that (at least as of RevTeX 4.0 Beta), the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Affiliation \family default layouts are exactly equivalent, so you shouldn't need to use both. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout In case you're curious, both were included so that \family typewriter tex2lyx \family default would be able to translate both \family typewriter \backslash address \family default and \family typewriter \backslash affiliation \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Important Notes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a couple of important unique aspects of RevTeX 4 which might cause bugs that will be even more confusing in LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In RevTeX, the \family typewriter \backslash thanks \family default command goes \emph on outside \emph default the \family typewriter \backslash author \family default command. The LyX equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout. Do \emph on not \emph default write footnotes in the \family sans Author \family default layout, or weird things may happen. See the RevTeX 4 documentation for more details. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Also, the \family sans Author \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Email \family default , \family sans Author \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset URL \family default , and \family sans Thanks \family default layouts must be placed \emph on in between \emph default the \family sans Author \family default layout and the corresponding \family sans Address \family default (or equivalent \family sans Affiliation \family default ) layout. If you put the \family sans Thanks \family default after the \family sans Address \family default , the LaTeX won't compile. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Drawbacks \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The main problem with this layout is that you can't use the optional arguments to layouts like Email and Title. (The problem is not unique to this layout; you can't use optional arguments to the Section layouts either.) This means that after you export that file to LaTeX (which you'll need to do eventually to send it in to APS), you'll need to edit the LaTeX file with a text editor to add the optional arguments to set, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset the running title for the page headers. Lacking these layouts makes the \family typewriter \backslash altaffiliation \family default (and the equivalent \family typewriter \backslash altaddress \family default ) useless, so the corresponding layouts don't exist, and will have to be added by hand. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \emph on Note from JMarc: \emph default actually, LyX 1.3.0 supports some forms of optional arguments, but this layout has not been updated yet to take advantage of it. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Springer Journals ( \family sans svjour \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Martin Vermeer \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Description \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These are the layout files for some of the journal formats used by Springer Verlag and listed on \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html \end_layout \end_inset , where you should also go to fetch the class files (yes, these are LaTeX2e now!). It is a modular system: the things common to all journals are implemented in \family typewriter svjour.inc \family default , which journal-specific layout files (such as, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \family typewriter svjog.layout \family default for Journal of Geodesy) can include. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This means that implementing support for any other Springer journal on this list is as simple as writing your own \family typewriter sv \family default \family typewriter .layout \family default file following the outline given in \family typewriter svjog.layout \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is reasonably well tested only for the Journal of Geodesy. \family typewriter svjour \family default and \family typewriter svjog \family default come with the standard LyX distribution. Install the relevant class file (downloaded from Springer) in a proper directory, reconfigure LaTeX (in the teTeX case by running \family typewriter texhash \family default , as root if necessary — doesn't LyX take care of this?), reconfigure LyX and it should work. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New styles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A large number of theorem-like styles — \family sans Claim, Conjecture, \family default \family sans \SpecialChar \ldots{} Theorem \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaTeX_Title, Author_Running, Institute, Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Acknowledgements, Acknowledgement \family default . See the Springer class file documentation for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Supported journals \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \emph on Journal of Geodesy \emph default : \family typewriter svjog.layout \family default — Martin Vermeer \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \emph on Probability Theory and Related Fields \emph default : \family typewriter svprobth.layout \family default — Jean-Marc Lasgouttes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Add your own, it isn't so hard! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Credits \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These files are partly based on the older \family typewriter ejour2.layout \family default , which was again based on a tinkered-with version of an old LaTeX 2.09 style file from Springer. All this, and the \family typewriter ejour2 \family default layout, are now defunct. Jean-Marc Lasgouttes helped out big in making me find my way around the LyX layout file mechanism. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Bugs \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Probably. But probably less than in the old hacked-LaTeX \family typewriter ejour2 \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Limitations e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g.: does not display the number for theorem-like layouts, just #. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Slides [aka \noun on SliTeX \noun default ] \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:slitex" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on John Weiss \noun default \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors. There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class and the \family sans FoilTeX \family default slides class. This section documents the former. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \size large This section documents the class \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (default) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on only. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you're looking for the documentation for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (FoilTeX) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , check out section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:foiltex" \end_inset . The \family sans foils \family default class [ \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (FoilTeX) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ] is actually somewhat better than the default \family sans slides \family default class, \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar \ldots{} or so I've been told repeatedly by its advocates. Having never used it, I have no idea if this claim is true or not. \end_layout \end_inset which this section documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This class is the LaTeX2e improvement of the old \noun on SliTeX \noun default package. Every LaTeX2e distribution includes this class [which I'll just refer to as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset from now on], so you're bound to have it. As I noted earlier, there are other classes, such as \family sans foils \family default , which also produce slides for overhead projectors and do a better job at it. However, there are some things which \family sans slides \family default can do which the others can't, such as generate overlays. Read on to learn more! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Getting Started \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:slidesetup" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (default) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset from the class list in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. There are some other special things you should know about this class: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't bother changing the options \family sans Sides and Columns \family default . They're not supported by the \family sans slides \family default class, anyways. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The option \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset style \family default behaves a bit differently for this class. The possible choices and what they do are as follows: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Description \family sans plain \family default The final output contains page numbers in the lower right corner. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans headings \family default Like \family sans plain \family default , but also prints out any time markers you've put in. This is the default. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans empty \family default The final output contains no page numbers, time markers, or alignment markers. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The \family sans slides \family default class has an extra option: \family typewriter clock \family default . To use it, put \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter clock \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the extra class options. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Using this options allows you to add time markers to \family sans Note \family default s. See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:slideNote" \end_inset for more details. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard You can also use the template file \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter slides.lyx \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to automatically set up a document to use the \family sans slides \family default class [using \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template \family default to open your new document]. The template file also contains some examples of the special paragraph environments used by this class. I'll describe those next. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Supported Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The first thing you'll notice when you start up a new \family sans slides \family default document is the font size and type: it's the equivalent of the size \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Largest \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the \family sans Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Serif \family default font. This is also what's used in the output. Think of this as a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset visual cue \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to remind you that this is a slide. Your final slides will use a larger font; ergo, you'll have less space. Of course, the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG, only a reminder. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar]. Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing. There are also five new ones. That's because the \family sans slides \family default class itself only supports certain paragraph environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans List \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quotation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quote \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Verse \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans LyX-Code \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Comment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All of the other standard environments, including the section-heading environmen ts, aren't used in the \family sans slides \family default class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard On the other hand, you'll notice the following new environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Slide \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Overlay \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Note \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans InvisibleText \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans VisibleText \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These five are kind of quirky, due to a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset feature \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in LyX. You see, LyX doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment into an empty environment. Now, that's fine and dandy, but it means that you wouldn't be able to start a slide with anything except plain text. To deal with this, I've performed a little \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LaTeX magic. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Quirks of the New Environments \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:slideQuirk" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent limitiations in the current version of LyX. As I just mentioned, LyX forbids environments that begin with another environme nt. To get around this, the \family sans Slide \family default environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You should consider \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , and \family sans Note \family default to be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pseudo-environments. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset They look like a section heading or a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Caption \family default , \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset but really begin a [and, if necessary, end the previous] paragraph environment. Likewise, treat \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pseudo-commands. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset These two perform some action. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A common feature of all five environments, \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , \family sans Note \family default , \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default , is a rather long-ish label. The text following this label — ordinarily the contents of the paragraph environment — is utterly irrelevant for \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , \family sans Note \family default , \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default . LyX completely ignores it. In fact, you can leave these five environments completely empty. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard While you don't \emph on have \emph default to put any text after the rather long-ish label, you might want to. This could be a short description of the contents of the \family sans Slide \family default , for example. In that case, enter your descriptive comment and hit \family sans Return \family default as you normally would. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If, on the other hand, you don't want to enter any descriptive text, you'll hit another LyX quirk. LyX, like nature, abhors a vacuum, and will not let you start a new paragraph environment until you put something in the old one. So, do this: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Start entering the text that will \emph on follow \emph default the new \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , \family sans Note \family default , \family sans InvisibleText \family default or \family sans VisibleText \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Now move to the beginning of that paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Next, hit \family sans Return \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Finally, change this new, empty paragraph to a \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , \family sans Note \family default , \family sans InvisibleText \family default or \family sans VisibleText \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some future version of LyX will, hopefully, resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Making a Presentation with \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default and \family sans Note \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Using the \family sans Slide \family default Environment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentatio n, you'll be sorely disappointed. Naturally, I'll describe all of the ways the \family sans slides \family default class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation. Filling in the contents, however, is up to you. [Then again, that \emph on is \emph default the LyX philosophy.] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Choosing the \family sans Slide \family default environment [in the manner described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:slideQuirk" \end_inset ] tells LyX to begin a new slide [duh]. The label for this environment/ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset pseudo-command \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ASCII line, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in cool blue, followed by the label, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset NewSlide: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide. It's that simple. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in LyX (this can be specified in the \family sans Paragraph Layout \family default dialog). In fact, you'll want to, once you finish entering the contents of one slide. If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide, the extra overflows onto a new slide. I don't recommend doing this, however, since the overflow slide won't have any page number on it. Furthermore, it may interfere with any \family sans Overlay \family default you've made to accompany the oversized \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Overlay \family default and \family sans Note \family default environments work the same way as the \family sans Slide \family default environment. They both create an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ASCII line \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset followed by a label [ \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset NewOverlay: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset NewNote: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , respectively]. The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue, and the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ASCII line \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will look different, in style and in length. The label fonts of all three also differ from one another. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As with a \family sans Slide \family default , if the contents of a \family sans Note \family default or \family sans Overlay \family default exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper, the extra will overflow onto a new sheet. Again, you should avoid this. It defeats the whole purpose of \family sans Note \family default s and \family sans Overlay \family default s. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Using \family sans Overlay \family default with \family sans Slide \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The idea behind an \family sans Overlay \family default is a slide that sits atop another slide. Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main \family sans Slide \family default before displaying the text associated with it. One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of the \family sans Slide \family default you want to display later. This method fails, however, if you wish to overlap one graph with another, for example. You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate, overlapping \family sans Slide \family default s to align the two graphs. The use of an \family sans Overlay \family default environment in both cases makes life much easier. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Each \family sans Overlay \family default receives the page number of its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family sans Slide \family default , appended by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -a \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Presumably, mutliple \family sans Overlay \family default s would have \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -a \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -b \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset appended to the page number of the parent \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \end_inset Clearly, you want the contents of both the \family sans Slide \family default and the \family sans Overlay \family default to each fit on a single physical slide! You should probably consider an \family sans Overlay \family default as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset part of \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset a \family sans Slide \family default . Indeed, the LyX \family sans slides \family default class provides a visual cue for this: the label at the start of an \family sans Overlay \family default is shorter than that at the start of a \family sans Slide \family default . Lastly, when you generate printable output, you'll find alignment markers in all four corners of both the \family sans Overlay \family default page and its parent \family sans Slide \family default . These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the two transparencies. How much space should you leave for that graph on the second slide? Worse still, what if you want a graph and a sentence on second slide, but there is text on the main transparency that goes in between them? You could try and insert vertical space of the right size. The better way is to use \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As their names imply, \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text invisible and visible, respectively. Note from section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:slideQuirk" \end_inset that you don't place anything \emph on into \emph default these two environments, however. When you create an \family sans InvisibleText \family default , it inserts a centered, sky-blue label into the page reading \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For paragraphs following this label, the parts of the \family sans Slide \family default [or \family sans Overlay \family default ; it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For \family sans VisibleText \family default , the corresponding centered label is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in blazing green. Paragraphs following this label behave normally. Note that the beginning of a new \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , or \family sans Note \family default automatically shuts off an \family sans InvisibleText \family default . It's therefore not necessary to use \family sans VisibleText \family default at the end of a \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By now, it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using the proper combination of \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default on a \family sans Slide \family default and \family sans Overlay \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Create a \family sans Slide \family default , including everything that will appear on it, whether on the main slide or on the \family sans Overlay \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the \family sans Overlay \family default , insert an \family sans InvisibleText \family default environment. If necessary, insert a \family sans VisibleText \family default environment after the \family sans Overlay \family default -only text. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Start an \family sans Overlay \family default immediately following the \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Copy the contents of this \family sans Slide \family default into the \family sans Overlay \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Within the \family sans Overlay \family default , change all of the \family sans InvisibleText \family default lines to \family sans VisibleText \family default and vice-versa. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard That's it. You've just made an \family sans Overlay \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There's one problem with the way I've designed the LyX \family sans slides \family default class: you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible, nor make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again. To accomplish this feat, you'll need to use some inlined LaTeX codes. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The commands of interest are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter { \backslash invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{} } \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter { \backslash visible \SpecialChar \ldots{} } \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar \ldots{} and need to be marked as TeX. The text whose \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset visibility \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the \family typewriter \backslash invisible \family default or \family typewriter \backslash visible \family default command]. If you don't know how to mark text as TeX, see the appropriate section of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Using \family sans Note \family default with \family sans Slide \family default \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:slideNote" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Like an \family sans Overlay \family default , a \family sans Note \family default is associated with a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family sans Slide \family default . Here, too, the LyX \family sans slides \family default class provides visual cues. The label for a \family sans Note \family default is shorter than that of a \family sans Slide \family default [yet longer than that of an \family sans Overlay \family default ] and, like the label of an \family sans Overlay \family default is shockingly magenta. Additionally, the printed \family sans Note \family default has the page number of its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family sans Slide \family default , appended by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , etc. You can have multiple \family sans Note \family default s associated with a single \family sans Slide \family default , and, as with \family sans Slide \family default and \family sans Overlay \family default , you'll probably want to break up long \family sans Note \family default s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The purpose of a \family sans Note \family default is obvious: it contains anything additional you might want to say about a \family sans Slide \family default . It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular \family sans Slide \family default . In the case of the latter, you might want to make use of time markers. Currently, the LyX \family sans slides \family default class has no \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset native \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset support for time markers, a \noun on SliTeX \noun default feature. So, you'll have to resort to using the LaTeX codes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To use time markers, you'll need to specify the extra class option \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter clock \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset [see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:slidesetup" \end_inset ]. This option turns on timing marks, which will appear in the lower-left-hand corner of every \family sans Note \family default you generate. To set what appears in the time marker, you use the LaTeX commands \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash settime{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash addtime{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash settime{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset sets the time marker to a given time. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash addtime{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset increments the time marker by the specified amount. Using time markers and \family sans Note \family default s in this fashion, you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particula r \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There's one last feature to describe. Clearly, you'd like to print out all of your \family sans Slide \family default s and \family sans Overlay \family default s on transparencies while printing all of your \family sans Note \family default s on plain paper. However, a \family sans Note \family default \emph on must \emph default follow the \family sans Slide \family default with which it is associated. What's a person to do? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Luckily, there are two LaTeX commands that allow you to select what to print out. Both must be placed into the preamble of your document. The command \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlyslides{ \backslash slides} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will cause the output to contain only the \family sans Slide \family default s and \family sans Overlay \family default s. Correspondingly, the command \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlynotes{ \backslash notes} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset prevents the output of anything but \family sans Note \family default s. I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment both out. You can then preview your entire presentation as you write. When you're done writing, you can then uncomment one of the two to select what you want to print. I like to uncomment \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlyslides{ \backslash slides} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , print to a file with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -slides \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in its name, comment it back out, then uncomment \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlynotes{ \backslash notes} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and print to a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter *-notes.ps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset file. I can then send either file to a printer, loading transparencies or plain paper as appropriate. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also provide other arguments to the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlyslides{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlynotes{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset commands. See a good LaTeX book for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The \family sans slides \family default Class Template File \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I have also provided a template file, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter slides.lyx \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , with the \family sans slides \family default class. To use it, begin your new presentation with \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \bar under T \bar default emplate \family default . Your new LyX presentation file will contain an example \family sans Slide \family default – \family sans Overlay \family default – \family sans Note \family default triplet. The \family sans Slide \family default and \family sans Overlay \family default additionally contain an example of the use of \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default . Lastly, the preamble will contain: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % \backslash onlyslides{ \backslash slides} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only notes \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % \backslash onlynotes{ \backslash notes} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One final thing: I created this class to support the LaTeX2e \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \noun on SliTeX \noun default emulation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset class, one of the built-in LaTeX2e classes. Neither I nor the rest of the LyX Team endorse or oppose the use of this built-in slide class. It's here if you want it or need it. There exist other LaTeX2e classes for creating presentations, such as the \family sans Foils \family default class [see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:foiltex" \end_inset ] or the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter seminar \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset package [present on some TeX distributions]. The latter is not yet supported under LyX. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Perhaps you can take on the task\SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_layout \end_inset I know nothing about these other classes. Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter LyX Features needing Extra Software \end_layout \begin_layout Section Checking TeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Asger Alstrup \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have the \family typewriter chktex \family default program installed \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter chktex \family default is not yet available when you are using the LaTeX distribution MiKTeX. \end_layout \end_inset , you'll find in the \family sans Tools \family default menu the entry: \family sans Check \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TeX \family default . You can get \family typewriter chktex \family default it from CTAN, \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/chktex.html" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans ChkTeX \family default package is a program that was written by \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Jens T. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Berger Thielemann \end_layout \end_inset in frustration because some constructs in LaTeX are sometimes non-intuitive, and easy to forget. The program runs over your LaTeX file, checks the integrity of the file, and flags some common errors. In other technical words, it is \family typewriter lint \family default for LaTeX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Well, what is a syntax checker doing in LyX which is supposed to produce correct LaTeX anyways? The answer is simple: Just as \family typewriter Lint \family default not only checks the \emph on syntax \emph default of C programs, but also does \emph on semantic \emph default checks for type-errors, \family sans ChkTeX \family default catches some common \emph on typographic \emph default errors, in addition to the syntactical ones. Specifically, \family sans ChkTeX \family default is capable of detecting several common errors, such as \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Ellipsis detection: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Use \SpecialChar \ldots{} instead of ... \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize No space in front of/after parenthesis: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset ( wrong spacing ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset is too wide spacing. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a capital letter: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This is a TEST. And this is wrong spacing. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Space in front of labels and similar commands: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The label should stick right up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong page. \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:chktex" \end_inset \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page \end_layout \end_inset The label is separated too much. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Space in front of references, instead of hard spaces: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset In you are in bad luck, the text will break right between the referenced text and reference number, and that's a pity. See section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:chktex" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Use of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset instead of \begin_inset Formula $\times$ \end_inset between numbers: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset 2x2 looks cheap compared to \begin_inset Formula $2\times2$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and more \SpecialChar \ldots{} It is an invaluable tool when you are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset finishing up \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset your document before printing, and you should run it right after the obligatory spelling check, and before you go fine tuning the typesetting. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection How to use it \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have the program installed, usage is as simple as choosing \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Check \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TeX \family default . This will make LyX generate a LaTeX file of your document, start \family sans ChkTeX \family default to check it, and then make LyX insert \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset error boxes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset with the warnings from \family sans ChkTeX \family default , if there were any. The warnings will be placed close to the point of the mistake, and you can quickly find them by using the \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator Error \family default menu item, or the shortcut key \family sans C-g \family default from the default \family typewriter cua \family default bind file. Open the error boxes by clicking on them with the mouse, or use the shortcut key \family sans C-i \family default from \family typewriter cua \family default bindings, or the corresponding \family sans C-o \family default for the alternate \family typewriter emacs \family default bind file. Read the warning and correct the mistake, if it is a mistake. If you have trouble understanding what the warning is about, you can safely ignore it. Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and the technical details in invoking \family sans ChkTeX \family default , and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just right down plain silly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature, and it should provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with. Since computers are only so smart, expect most of the warnings to be false alarms, though. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection How to fine tune it \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes, you'll find that \family sans ChkTeX \family default makes more noise than suits your mood. Then you can choose not to use it, wait until your mood changes, or try to customize \family sans ChkTeX \family default to get better along with you. Another choice in the most desperate situations is to use \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Remove \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset All \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Error \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Boxes \family default , which will get rid of all warnings instantly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Although \family sans ChkTeX \family default \emph on is \emph default very configurable and extensible, you shouldn't expect to solve all problems with \family sans ChkTeX \family default in LyX this way. Since LyX has to generate a somewhat special LaTeX file to be able to match the line numbers from the \family sans ChkTeX \family default output \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout You can inspect the specific output from \family sans chktex \family default by using \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator View \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Log \family default right after a \family sans chktex \family default run. \end_layout \end_inset to the internal document structure, some of the warnings will not seen to appear correctly. There are two things you can do about this: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Fine tune the \family sans ChkTeX \family default invocation command line in \family sans Preferences \family default (tabs \family sans Outputs \family default , \family sans Misc \family default ), or the global \family sans ChkTeX \family default installation configuration file (usually with the file \family typewriter chktexrc \family default ). See below to learn what warnings can be enabled and disabled on the command line. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Export your document as a raw LaTeX file using \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX \family default and run \family typewriter chktex \family default manually on that. Invoked in this way, it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place in the document inside LyX, but with a little patience, you should be able to do it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here follows the warning messages that can be enabled and disabled in \family sans Preferences \family default . Use \family typewriter -n# \family default to disable a warning, and \family typewriter -w# \family default to enable a warning. The emphasized entries are disabled by default, because the default is " \family typewriter chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38 \family default ". \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings, because LyX relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with \family typewriter chktex \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on Command terminated with space. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Non-breaking space ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter ~ \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) should have been used. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on You should enclose the previous parenthesis with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter {} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash / \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) found in non-italic buffer. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash / \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) found more than once. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on No italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash / \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) found. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Accent command \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter cmd \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset needs use of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter cmd \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Wrong length of dash may have been used. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset expected, found \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Solo \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset found. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should use \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to achieve an ellipsis. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Inter-word spacing ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ) should perhaps be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Inter-sentence spacing ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash @ \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) should perhaps be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Could not find argument for command. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small No match found for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Number of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter char \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset doesn't match the number of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter char \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should use either \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family default or \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family default as an alternative to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter " \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should use " \family typewriter ' \family default " (ASCII 39) instead of " \family typewriter ´ \family default " (ASCII 180). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small User-specified pattern found. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small This command might not be intended. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on Comment displayed. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Either \family typewriter '' \backslash ,' \family default or \family typewriter ' \backslash ,'' \family default will look better. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Delete this space to maintain correct page references. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on You might wish to put this between a pair of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter {} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Could not execute LaTeX command. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Don't use \family typewriter \backslash / \family default in front of small punctuation. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family typewriter \size small $ \backslash times$ \family default may look prettier here. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on Multiple spaces detected in output. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small This text may be ignored. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Use \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family default to begin quotation, not \family typewriter ' \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Use \family typewriter ' \family default to end quotation, not \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Don't mix quotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should perhaps use \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter cmd \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset instead. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Double space found. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should remove spaces in front of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is normally not followed by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In later versions of LyX, we hope to provide a more complete interface to this tool (and it's smaller cousin \family typewriter lacheck \family default ) to exploit the full power of it. But it's not exactly useless as it is now: go try it on one of your existing documents of a certain length and be surprised. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Version Control in LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes \noun default and \noun on Pavel Sanda \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A friend of mine wanted to try LyX for a group project. When he didn't find support for version control or file locking, he dropped it. This angered me a bit, so I thought that I should at least make support for RCS (with the possibility of CVS and/or SCCS as a future improvement.) This has been done. LyX now supports some of the most basic RCS/CVS/SVN commands. If you need something a bit more sophisticated you will have to do that manually in a terminal. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before you begin to use the version control features in LyX, you should be familiar with RCS/CVS/SVN usage before start using it under LyX. Also note that CVS support is not as good as subversion support so we advice using SVN instead. Good place to start with Subversion is SVN Book \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "http://svnbook.red-bean.com/" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset . In case of RCS you should read \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset rcsintro \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (a man file, read it with \family typewriter man rcsintro \family default ). This file describes all the basic features of RCS. You should especially notice the comment about a RCS directory, and the notion of a master RCS file (the file ending in \family typewriter ,v \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The implementation in LyX assumes a recent version of the GNU RCS or CVS/SVN package—no guarantees are made for older versions. Most of the log messages are not currently displayed after operations — you can check them in Messages pane if unsure. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For introducing your own external commands consult vc-command in the manual of LyX functions. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection RCS commands in LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following sections describe the RCS commands supported by LyX. You can find them in the \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control \family default submenu. LyX was tested against RCS 5.7. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Register \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown in the menu. And if it is under revision control, the \family sans Register \family default item is not visible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This command registers your document with RCS (unless you are under the directory managed by CVS)\SpecialChar \@. You are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document. The document is now set in Read-Only mode and you have to \family sans Check \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Out \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset For \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edit \family default , before making any changes to it. A document under revision control has a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset [RCS: ] \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset item tagged to the filename in the minibuffer. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard RCS command that is run: \family typewriter ci -q -u -i -t-"" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Read \family typewriter man ci \family default to understand the switches. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check In Changes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are finished editing a file, you check in your changes. When you do this, you are asked for a description of the changes. This is stored in the history log. The version number is bumped, your changes are applied to the master RCS file, the document is unlocked and set to Read-Only mode. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard RCS command: \family typewriter ci -q -u -m"" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check Out For Edit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By doing this you lock the document so that only you can edit it. This will also make the document Read-Write only for you. You will usually continue editing for a while and when you are finished you check in your changes. The status line is changed to reflect that you have locked the file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard RCS command: \family typewriter co -q -l \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Revert To Repository Version \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in. You get a warning before changes are discarded. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard RCS command: \family typewriter co -f -u \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Undo Last Checkin \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This makes as if the last check in never happened. No changes are made to the document loaded into LyX, but the last version is removed from the master RCS file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard RCS command: \family typewriter rcs -o \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Show History \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This shows the complete history of the RCS document. The output of \family typewriter rlog \family default is shown in a browser. See \family typewriter man rlog \family default for more info. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Revision info \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX supports RCS version number, author name, date and time of last commit. All those are extracted from \family typewriter rlog -r \family default . For other details see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:VCS-Revision-Information" \end_inset for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection CVS commands in LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A subset of CVS operations is supported by LyX. You can find the commands in the \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control \family default submenu. The version control system SVN is more powerful, so please use it instead of CVS if possible. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans General CVS usage \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you start from scratch with CVS you have to create your repository and checkout the working copy with external tools. If you're using a client-server setup you may need to login before doing the first repository checkout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your documents are under revision control and others are using the same repository problems arise when different changes to the same document at the same location happen. Standard CVS repositories doesn't operate with a file locking mechanism. This may be surprising, but conflicts only occur if people disagree on the proper content of the same part of a document. So, if co-workers are used to communicate regularly, these conflicts occur rarely. If they don't communicate they have a fundamental problem anyway. Nevertheless some people like to work with so called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset reserved checkouts \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If they do so the working copy of all files is readonly when checked out first and the user starts editing after using a special command to make the working copy writable. When the changes are checked in the working copy returns to readonly state. With LyX one has to edit the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .cvsrc \end_layout \end_inset file and add the line \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cvs -r \end_layout \end_inset to work with reserved checkouts. The benefit is the possibility to see who is using a writable copy of some document. It's not guaranteed only one user makes a copy writable. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX tries to guess if you're using reserved or non-reserved checkouts. If your working copy is readonly or it is writable and an additional copy of your document exists in the CVS/Base sub-directory a reserved otherwise a non-reserved checkout is assumed. When a reserved checkout is detected you have to use \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Check Out \end_layout \end_inset to make your working copy writable if it's readonly. After doing so the \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Check In \end_layout \end_inset operation is possible and that makes your working copy readonly again after transferring your changes to the repository. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard More information about CVS can be found here \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.nongnu.org/cvs \end_layout \end_inset and here \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://ximbiot.com/cvs \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Read \family typewriter man cvs \family default to understand the sub-commands and the switches mentioned below. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Register \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown in the menu. And if it is under revision control, the \family sans \bar under R \bar default egister \family default item is not visible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This command registers in CVS your document \begin_inset Flex Strong status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \emph on only \end_layout \end_inset in case you have already the documents directory under CVS control (in particular \family typewriter CVS/Entries \family default file exists). This means you have to create or checkout the archive by yourself using external tools. (In case you forget that step LyX registers the document with RCS.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document. Don't forget that registered file is not yet checked in. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard CVS command that is run: \family typewriter cvs -q add -m"" "" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The term \family typewriter "" \family default above and for all other CVS commands is an abbreviation for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset change the current working directory to file location and use the file name without path component as argument \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check In Changes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are finished editing a file, you commit your changes. When you do this and you had changed the document, you are asked for a description of the changes. After that changes are written to the repository. In case you didn't change the document and a reserved checkout is detected the reservation made on \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Check Out \end_layout \end_inset is undone. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 CVS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command: \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cvs \family typewriter -q commit -m"" "" \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cvs -q unedit \family typewriter "" \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check Out Changes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are sharing a repository with others, you may have to incorporate their changes into your working copy. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard CVS command: \family typewriter cvs -q update "" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If a readonly checkout is detected the working copy is made writable and reserved. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard CVS command: \family typewriter cvs -q edit "" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Revert To Repository Version \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in. You get a warning before changes are discarded. Firstly the file is deleted, secondly CVS update command is run. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard CVS command: \family typewriter cvs -q update "" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If a reserved checkout is detected and the working copy has no changes only the reservation is undone. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard CVS command: \family typewriter cvs -q unedit "" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Update of the local directory checkout from repository \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Once your documents gets more complex, containing sub-documents and pictures, including external \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset files and so on using version control becomes more complicated. LyX supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document. This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither have detailed knowledge about CVS usage nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository. You have to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document. It's good practice anyway to store multipart documents in an extra directory. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Update local directory from repository \end_layout \end_inset command updates the whole directory. If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts. In case of merge conflicts both versions of the conflicting document parts are placed in the final document. You have to review and correct the result of the merge. You'll find the conflicts enclosed in pairs of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout <<<<<<< \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout >>>>>>> \end_layout \end_inset separated by \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ======= \end_layout \end_inset . The first part is your version as before the update operation with the document name prepended. The second one is the repository version with the version number after the sequence of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout > \end_layout \end_inset signs. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 CVS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands: \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cd $path; cvs diff \family typewriter "." \end_layout \end_inset (Ask if changes are detected.) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cd $path; cvs -q update \family typewriter "." \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $path \end_layout \end_inset stands for the path to the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Show History \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This shows the complete history of the CVS document. The output of \family typewriter cvs log "" \family default is shown in a browser. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection SVN commands in LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN is now partially supported by LyX. You can find the commands in the \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control \family default submenu. Please note that if you use password protected access to repository via ssh, you will be asked in terminal window. LyX was tested against SVN 1.5 and 1.6 \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Most of the commands will work with 1.4 too, see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:SVN-Repo-Update" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Register \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown in the menu. And if it is under revision control, the \family sans \bar under R \bar default egister \family default item is not visible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This command registers in SVN your document ONLY in case you have already the documents directory under SVN control (in particular \family typewriter .svn/entries \family default file exists). This means you have to checkout the archive by yourself. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document. Don't forget that registered file is not yet commited. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN command that is run: \family typewriter svn add -q \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Read \family typewriter man svn \family default to understand the switches. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check In Changes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are finished editing a file, you commit your changes. When you do this, you are asked for a description of the changes. After that changes are commited. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN command: \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout In case locking is not enabled. See Section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:SVN-File-Locking" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \family typewriter svn commit -q -m"" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check Out For Edit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Updates the changes of this file from the repository. Be sure you understand SVN merging and conflicts resolving before using this function, because all conflicts has to be resolved manually by you! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN command: \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Ditto. \end_layout \end_inset \family typewriter svn update --non-interactive \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Revert To Repository Version \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in. You get a warning before changes are discarded. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN command: \family typewriter svn revert -q \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:SVN-Repo-Update" \end_inset Update of the local directory checkout from repository \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Note that this command will work only with subversion \begin_inset Formula $\geqq1.5$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All the commands above have one shortcomming - they deal with the current document only. Once your document contains pictures, includes external \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset files and so on administration becomes more complicated. LyX now supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout One need to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document. \end_layout \end_inset . This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither know about subversion management nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Update local directory from repository \end_layout \end_inset command updates the whole directory and in case of merge conflicts local version of the files are left, so no unintended data loss occurs. If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 SVN \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands: \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn diff $path \end_layout \end_inset (Ask if changes are detected.) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn update --accept mine-full $path \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $path \end_layout \end_inset stands for the path to the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Show History \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This shows the complete history of the SVN document. The output of \family typewriter svn log \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family default is shown in a browser. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection File Locking \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:SVN-File-Locking" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The file exchange through various revision control systems brings the problem of merge conflicts in case two different users try to edit the same (parts of) document. When such a conflict happens it needs manual resolving and one reasonable alternative is to provide some kind of locking mechanism, which guarantees that only one user is allowed to edit file at the given time. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN has two such mechanisms to provide mutual exclusivity for file access - locks and automatic setting of write permissions (see sec. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property" \end_inset ) based on \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn:needs-lock \end_layout \end_inset file svn property \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.2/svn.advanced.locking.html \end_layout \end_inset . If this property is detected for a given document LyX starts to use SVN locks for document editing automatically and the whole check-in/out mechanism switches to the same regimen as for RCS. This in particular means there are two different modes of file use in LyX: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Unlocked state. The loaded file is in the read-only mode. For editing on needs to check-out. \emph on Check-out \emph default consists of updating from the repository and gaining write lock. If the lock is not possible to obtain, we remain in unlocked state. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Locked state. The loaded file is in the 'normal' edit mode. No other user is allowed to edit the file. \emph on Check-in \emph default consists of commiting changes and releasing write-lock. If no changes have been made to the document, no commit will be produced \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Don't be puzzled by the fact that you will be asked for commit message anyway. \end_layout \end_inset and only the write-lock will be released. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN commands: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Check-in: \family typewriter svn commit -q -m"" "" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset svn unlock "" \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Check-out: \family typewriter svn update "" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset svn lock "" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family typewriter \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property" \end_inset \family default Automatic Locking Property \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The above mentioned automatic setting of write permissions of the .lyx file can be set through \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under V \bar default ersion \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under T \bar default oggle locking property \family default . This command is active only when the file is not locked on the svn server (i.e. you need to check-out before proceeding). \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 SVN \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Set: \family typewriter svn propset svn:needs-lock ON "" \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Unset: \family typewriter svn propdel svn:needs-lock "" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:VCS-Revision-Information" \end_inset Revision Information in Documents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are more possibilities how to activate revision information in our document. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize LyX supports directly: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize tree revision information ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vcs-tree-revision \end_layout \end_inset ). The result is the output of the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svnversion \end_layout \end_inset command, the following table gives you an idea, how to read the results. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Output \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Meaning \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4123:4168 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout mixed revision working copy \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4168M \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout modified working copy \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4123S \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout switched working copy \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4123P \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout partial working copy, from a sparse checkout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4123:4168MS \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout mixed revision, modified, switched working copy \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize file revision information. The result comes from parsing the output of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset info \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset --xml \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset file.lyx \end_layout \end_inset . Supported flags are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize version number of the last commit ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vcs-revision \end_layout \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize author of the last commit ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vcs-author \end_layout \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize date of the last commit ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vcs-date \end_layout \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize time of the last commit ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vcs-time \end_layout \end_inset ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard You can obtain this info via InsetInfo (e.g. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout info-insert buffer vcs-date \end_layout \end_inset ). The information will be available only when you have the file stored under svn managment (i.e. the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .svn \end_layout \end_inset directory is available with your document). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Another---a hacking one---possibility is to use svn keywords \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.special.keywords.html \end_layout \end_inset . In short -- you set file keywords property (e.g. \family sans svn propset svn:keywords 'Rev' file.lyx \family default ) and then paste keyword TeX code \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This is an easy way how to ensure that LyX won't break the line in the middle of keyword tag. \end_layout \end_inset tag in your document (e.g. \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout $Rev$ \end_layout \end_inset ). This way svn client will automatically substitute revision number (e.g. \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout $Rev: 59 $ \end_layout \end_inset ) after each update and commit. There are more problems with this approach. Firstly, the '$' character is used in TeX world for math equations, so any occurence of math formula \begin_inset Formula $Rev$ \end_inset become \begin_inset Formula $Rev:59$ \end_inset in your LyX document. Similarly for other keywords like Id, Date, Author, etc. Secondly svn output is dependent on your locales, so its very easy that svn would produce some problematic strings once Date is used. Thirdly you get the whole 'Rev: 59' string in your document instead of the plain number. Until subversion implements user's custom keywords it will be hard to use this approach reliably or let LyX to support it directly. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection SVN and Windows Environment \end_layout \begin_layout Quote My inclination is to say that if the user cannot figure out the command line operations on their own fairly quickly, they would be well advised to use TortoiseSVN. ---P. A. Rubin \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Preparation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In addition to installing LyX, and having access to a Subversion repository, the user will need to install the Subversion client program. A Windows installer for the client program is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CollabNet" target "http://www.collab.net/nonav/downloads/subversion/" \end_inset . The user may also want to install \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "TortoiseSVN" target "http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/" \end_inset , which integrates Subversion operations into the context (rightclick) menu of Windows Explorer. Operations done outside LyX will typically be more convenient using the Explorer context menu. Note that TortoiseSVN is not a replacement for the client program, which is what LyX itself will use. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Bringing a document under Subversion control \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before a LyX document can be brought under version control in Subversion, its parent directory needs to be under version control. If the document is being added to a project already in the repository, this is accomplished by checking the project out to the directory where the new document will be placed. If the project itself is not yet under version control (for instance, if this document starts a new project), the directory must be imported into the repository. This is done outside LyX. Both import and checkout are easily accomplished from the Explorer context menu using TortoiseSVN, or alternatively can be done using the command line client at a DOS prompt. The procedure for importing the project using TortoiseSVN is described below, assuming an existing repository and a new project being started in \family typewriter C: \backslash new project \family default . For information on using the Subversion client program, run \family typewriter svn --help \family default in a DOS shell. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Locate \family typewriter C: \backslash new project \family default in Windows Explorer, right click it, and select \family typewriter TortoiseSVN > Repo-browser \family default . If necessary, adjust the URL for the repository, then click OK. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Right click the level of the repository under which you want to place the new project folder (typically the top level) and click \family typewriter Create folder\SpecialChar \ldots{} \family default Supply a name for the project folder and click OK. Add a message for the log file if desired, then click OK again. The new project folder should appear in the repository. Finally, click OK again to exit the repository browser. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Once again right click \family typewriter C: \backslash new project \family default , this time selecting SVN Checkout\SpecialChar \ldots{} Select the URL of the project folder you just created in the repository, and set the checkout directory to \family typewriter C: \backslash new project. \family default Click OK. You will be warned about a non-empty folder; click OK to proceed. You should now have a \family typewriter .svn \family default directory under \family typewriter C: \backslash new project. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Create or open your document in LyX and click \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under V \bar default ersion \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under R \bar default egister. \family default Add a log message and click OK to commit the document to version control. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard From this point onward, you should have full functionality in the \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under V \bar default ersion \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control \family default menu. You also have the option of checking the document in and out, viewing its history, etc. using the TortoiseSVN context menu in Windows Explorer or the Subversion client program from a command prompt. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection SSH tunnel used with SVN under Windows \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Compared with Linux setting up svn client to communicate over ssh under Windows is a rather troublesome task. We will at least offer some hints how to setup the client side but prior knowledge about ssh and the Windows command line is needed, also be prepared for a great deal of frustration\SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Get a svn client for windows, as described in the previous sections. When it is a fresh install run some svn command (e.g. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn --version \end_layout \end_inset ) to create config files, which you will need to change later on. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Choose a ssh client for Windows. There are several possibilities, we will use the one from Putty tools \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset . You will need to set the connection up so that the client doesn't ask for any password from you. To keep things easy we will use only keys without any additional password protection etc. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Generate keys by \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout puttygen \end_layout \end_inset . Save your private .ppk key file and put the public one on the server side. If the SVN server runs on Linux, note that the format of the public key is not compatible with Linux openssh and you will need to direcly copy-paste the key from the “ \emph on Public key for pasting into OpenSSH authorized_keys file \emph default :” edit field into the server's \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ~/.ssh/authorized_keys \end_layout \end_inset / \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout authorized_keys2 \end_layout \end_inset file. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Get the Putty's \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout plink \end_layout \end_inset . In the SVN config file \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Exact path depends on Windows version, usually somewhere around \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout c: \backslash Documents and Settings \backslash user \backslash Application Data \backslash Subversion \backslash config \end_layout \end_inset / \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout AppData \backslash Roaming \backslash Subversion \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset , section [tunnels], setup ssh command, e.g. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ssh=c:/path/plink.exe -i c:/path/private_key.ppk \end_layout \end_inset . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout It will usually take a lot of time to get exact command right and it depends on many things. For example do not have some remote server saved as a default session in Putty etc. If things fail, try to connect via plink without SVN first. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Checkout the SVN archive, e.g. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn co svn+ssh://user@server/repository_path \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection End-of-Line Conversions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When the collsraborators are mixing Linux and Windows environments, LyX will use different line endings inside the .lyx files. This is not a problem as far as LyX functionality is concerned, but the commit diffs will be huge and merge-conflicts prone. Fortunately SVN itself knows \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.file-portability.html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset how to deal with CR/LF problems when switching .lyx files to the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout native \end_layout \end_inset mode. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For the lazy guys: \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn propset svn:eol-style native FILE_NAME \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Further tuning \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the recent addition of the vc-command function LyX power users are allowed to create their own commands for revision control. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As an example you can see how two TortoiseSVN commands could be integrated directly: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Commit: \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:commit /path:$$p" \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Revert: \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:revert /path:$$p" \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Version control and Document comparison \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One of the typical uses of version control is to inspect the changes between revisions, usually by creating \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout diff \end_layout \end_inset dumps. While this is useful for plain text files, it is much less useful in the case of LyX files, which have more complicated structure. Hence we provide binding to the Document comparison feature. They are two ways of calling this feature - either by direct call of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout VC_COMPARE \end_layout \end_inset LyX function (for details see LyX functions manual) or by icon/menu item \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Compare with older revision... \end_layout \end_inset . One can either compare two chosen revisions of the document or he can simply compare the current version of edited text with older revisions (where ' \begin_inset Flex MenuItem status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout 0 \end_layout \end_inset ' revisions back means comparison of the edited file with last commited revision). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This feature is supported for SVN and RCS though due to the more complicated versioning scheme of RCS there is a constraint -- when addressing the revisions in dialog, numbers always point to the last number in RCS revision number, i.e. '35' in '1.2.35'. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Literate Programming \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Updated by \noun on Kayvan Sylvan \noun default (kayvan@sylvan.com) \noun on , \noun default original documentation written by \noun on Edmar Wienskoski Jr. \noun default (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use LyX for literate programming, where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique, and know what \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset tangling \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset weaving \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means. If that is not the case, please follow the web links provided in the following sections. There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development history to the latest tools tips. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is also assumed that you are familiar with LyX itself to a point that you are comfortable changing your LyX preferences, and X resources file. If that is not the case please refer to other LyX documentation to cover your specific needs. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Literate Programming \end_layout \begin_layout Standard From the Literate Programming FAQ: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together in a fashion suited for reading by human beings. In fact, literate programs should be enjoyable reading, even inviting! (Sorry Bob, I couldn't resist!) In general, literate programs combine source and documentation in a single file. Literate programming tools then parse the file to produce either readable documentation or compilable source. The WEB style of literate programming was created by D. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset E. Knuth during the development of his TeX typesetting software. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Another excerpt says: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation \emph on How is literate programming different from verbose commenting? \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation There are three distinguishing characteristics. In order of importance, they are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize flexible order of elaboration \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize automatic support for browsing \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize typeset documentation, especially diagrams and mathematics \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard Now that I sparked your curiosity, take a look in the references. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection References \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Literate Programming FAQ \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.literateprogramming.com/lpfaq.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three!) different literate programming tools. Where some are specialized or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset tailored \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for particular programming languages, while other have general scope. I selected \noun on Noweb \noun default for my own use for several reasons: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize It can generate the documentation either in LaTeX or HTML. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize It has a open architecture, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset it is easy to plug in new filters and to perform special processing that you may need. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize There is a good selection of filters available already (the HTML is one of them). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize It is free. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The Noweb web page can be found at: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Noweb home page \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/ \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even some literate program examples. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection LyX and Literate Programming \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The LyX support for Literate Programming is provided by using the generic LyX converters mechanism. This support is provided in a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Noweb independent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset way, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset you will be able to use this new LyX feature with some other literate programmin g tool of your choice by just changing your LyX preferences. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Selecting the document class \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have installed Noweb and LyX successfully, whenever you open a new document or try to change the document class of an existing one, you will find that there are three new document classes available: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Article (Noweb) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Book (Noweb) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Report (Noweb) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You must select one of them to create your literate documents from. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that literate documents are not limited to these three classes. New classes can be generated from other styles like letter or in combination with other class variations like Article (AMS). If you have special needs that cannot be covered by one of the existing classes, let the LyX developers list (lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org) know and we will arrange to insert a new entry, or teach you how to do it. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout It is very simple, it involves the creation of a file with four lines, and re-running of the auto configuration. \end_layout \end_inset Moreover, if you use a literate tool other than Noweb you may need to create a new set of document classes for it. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Typing code in \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX enables you to write code with a layout named \noun on Scrap \noun default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The equivalent Noweb term is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chunk \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For historical reasons, I got used to the term \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset scrap \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset introduced by other literate tool named Nuweb, which I used for many years before rendering myself to Noweb. \end_layout \end_inset Noweb delimits scraps like this: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code <>= \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code code \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code more code \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code even more code \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code @ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the \family typewriter @ \family default must be taken literally, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset LyX should be prevented from making any special interpretation of what has been written. This is handled by a special layout named Scrap, that works like a normal paragraph but has a free spacing capability. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The down side of the Scrap paragraph layout is that consecutive paragraphs of code will be spaced with one empty line in the source code and also in the printed documentation. The work around is to enter each line of code within a single Scrap, with a newline (ctrl-return). The example above will look like this: \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout If you have a printed version of this document you will not see any difference between the previous example and this one. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code <>= \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset code \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset more code \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset even more code \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This layout works fine. The only real inconvenience is that you have to type ctrl-return instead of a plain return. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout It is in my list of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset improvements \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to fix that. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As a special note, you can also use the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset %def \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset construct of Noweb in your scraps to add items to Noweb's identifier cross-refe rence: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code <>= \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset def some_function(args): \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset "This is the doc string for this function." \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset print "My args: ", args \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code @ %def some_function \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For an example of this usage and the resulting cross-reference output, look at the Literate python program in \emph on LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx \emph default which should make this all clear. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Generating the documentation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document class, and with some code and text on it. How do I print it? The answer is simple, you select \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI, \family default etc. Just like you would do for a plain document. No special procedure is required. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To help orientate you, I will now explain what happens inside LyX: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate When the \family sans Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI \family default menu option is chosen, a LaTeX file is generated. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named with an extension name defined by the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset literate \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset format (defined in the Preferences panel), otherwise the file will have the usual \family typewriter .tex \family default extension. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file, no special processing is required by LyX. Given that you formatted the code using the Scrap layout that, by itself, takes care of the business. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If the document is of any literate class LyX will then use the internal LyX to Noweb converter, followed by the Noweb to LaTeX converter \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The converters are defined in the \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences \family default panel, under the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Conversion \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset tab. See section \emph on Converters \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for general information about converters. \end_layout \end_inset to generate the LaTeX file. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Otherwise it will just skip this step. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Finally, LaTeX is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in a plain document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Independence from a particular \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset literate tool \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is easily achieved by changing the commands that are run by the various converters. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Generating the code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When the build menu option is chosen or the corresponding button in the toolbar is pressed, a LaTeX file is generated just like step 1 above. Next, LyX invokes the \family typewriter Noweb->Program \family default converter. This converter needs to be defined by the user and is not installed by default, though the Program format is. This converter (like any other converter) will have two parts: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The converter program itself. This program performs the conversion from the one format to the other (in this case, from the Noweb format to the Program pseudo-format). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The error log parser. This is a program whose sole purpose is to rewrite error messages in a format that LyX understands. This makes it possible for LyX to place error boxes in the right places in the file buffer. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The first part, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Converter \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset setting, should be set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter build-script $$i \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This basically means that LyX will call \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (a program or script) with the name of the Noweb file (normally a file in the LyX temp directory). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is an implementation of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset that you can place in a directory on your path: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code # \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The next part of the converter setting is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Flags \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which is to be set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter parselog=listerrors \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This will run any errors that are generated by the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset process through the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset program. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The converter code looks in \emph on MYLYXDIR/scripts \emph default first, then in \emph on LIBDIR/scripts \emph default then on the path for the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset program. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The build will normally take place in LyX's temporary directory, so the files produced by the conversion will be in that directory. LyX will copy out what it regards as the `main' file, but the \family typewriter Noweb->Program \family default conversion may produce several files, and so most of these would then be deleted when LyX was closed. The present solution is to use a `copier', \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout See section \emph on Copiers \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for information on these. \end_layout \end_inset in this case, the \family typewriter ext_copy.py \family default script in its default mode, so that the entire contents of the temporary directory is copied. More will get copied than is needed, to be sure, but nothing will be lost. If, however, you know what extensions the generated files will have, this can be improved by using the \family typewriter -e \family default option to \family typewriter ext_copy \family default . This option takes a comma-separated list of extensions to copy. So, for example, if the conversion will generate only files with the extensions \family typewriter .c \family default and \family typewriter .h \family default , then the correct definition would be: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code python -tt $$s/scripts/ext_copy.py -e c,h $$i $$o \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The result will be that only files with these two extensions will be copied out. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Build instructions in the document \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The last piece of the integration between LyX and noweb is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset scrap. Generally, the instructions for building your program should be embedded in a scrap of its own. The noweb-specific \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset above uses the notangle command to look for this scrap (called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) and runs its contents through \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset sh \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Typically, such a scrap would look something like this: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code <>= \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset #!/bin/sh \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ] \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset then \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset fi \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset [... code to extract files ...] \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset [... code to compile files ...] \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Look in \emph on LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx \emph default or in \emph on LIBDIR/examples/Literate.lyx \emph default which implement two versions of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset program for some illustrations of how all of these pieces go together or in \emph on LIBDIR/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx. \emph default Interestingly, these three files show off the language-indepence of the LyX literate programming support since they are written in Python, C and Perl respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Configuring LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All the Literate Programming support is configured by the \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences \family default panel in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Conversion \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset tab. The important parts are: \end_layout \begin_layout Description the \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset literate \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format Set up via the Formats tab, this is where the Noweb-specific pieces are set up. The \family sans GUI Name \family default is set to \family typewriter NoWeb \family default , the file extension is set to \family typewriter .nw \family default . This tells LyX to create a file with a \family typewriter .nw \family default extension in the first step of the conversion process. \end_layout \begin_layout Description the \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family sans Program \family default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format This is an empty format whose sole purpose is to be the endpoint of a conversion (which then allows us to set up a converter for it). \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans NoWeb \family default -> \family sans LaTeX \family default This converter performs the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset weaving \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the literate document. For Noweb, it is set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans NoWeb \family default -> \family sans Program \family default This performs the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset tangling step \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . As stated above, the Converter is set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter build-script $$i \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , with Flags set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter originaldir,parselog=listerrors \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Debug extensions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is also a new function implemented in the LyX server, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset server-goto-file-row" function, to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When debugging code with ddd/gdb, it is possible to invoke a text editor at the current execution position with a single key stroke. The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V. It happens that you can define the editor command line invocation in ddd by accessing the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Helpers \family default dialog and changing the "Edit Sources" entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I take advantage of the new created LyX server function and this ddd feature, and set \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Edit Sources \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that you want to edit, you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window), and ddd you forward this information to LyX through the LyX server and then the LyX window will show the same file with the cursor at the same position ddd was pointing to. No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back from debugging ! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note however that you must enable the LyX server to get this feature working (it is disabled by default). You can enable it in \family sans Preferences \family default (tabs \family sans Inputs \family default , \family sans Paths \family default ) by entering in the \family sans LyXserver pipe \family default a path like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter /home//.lyx/lyxpipe \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Read the LyX server documentation in the \emph on Customization Manual \emph default for further information. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Toolbar extensions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are six new buttons that can be added to your LyX toolbar. Five of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles: \family sans Standard \family default , \family sans Section \family default , \family sans LaTeX \family default , \family sans LyX-Code \family default , and \family sans Scrap \family default . The last one is a short cut to the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Build Program \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset File menu entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization. In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more: One for \family sans View \family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \family sans Update \family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \family sans DVI \family default and the other for \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI \family default File menu entries. Here is how it looks like: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Toolbar \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Layouts \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Standard" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Section" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout LaTeX" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout LyX-Code" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Scrap" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Separator \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-view" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-typeset" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "build-program" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Separator \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code . \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code . \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code . \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code End \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Colors customization \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a number of colors in LyX that can be customized in \family sans Preferences \family default . One of the things that bothers people is the LaTeX font color. The default color is red, since the scraps uses LaTeX font, and there is a lot of scraps in literate documents, you may get tired of seeing everything in red. You can change it by going to the tabs \family sans Look&Feel \family default , \family sans Colors. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen. You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend in the background. I recommend you choosing a color that is close to the background but not equal, that way you still can see it is there, but it is not bothering you anymore. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Secrets of the LaTeX Masters \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "cha:secrets" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Though LyX is a powerful tool, it cannot hope to support everything that can be done with pure TeX/LaTeX. However, many familiar dirty TeX and LaTeX tricks can be done within LyX, as long as you are not afraid to use that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset button on the toolbar or add things to the LaTeX preamble. This section lists some tips, tricks, and otherwise cool ideas to give your document that extra little flair. \emph on Do try this at home \emph default , just start with something a little smaller and less important than your dissertation! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Most ideas in this section require less common files in your LaTeX installation. If you have a system like TeXLive, most will already be available. A few, however, will need to be downloaded from one of the CTAN archives. Often, there are several ways to do something, or several LaTeX style files which do the same thing. We do not endorse one choice over another, we simply claim that we have done a particular task with a particular file. Put on your wizard hat, keep an eye out for dragons, and let us begin. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Multiple Columns \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Purpose \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The aim for this chapter \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Editor's note: Lars' original chapter was a masterful description of how to use the \family typewriter multicol \family default package. However, it was too long to flow smoothly in this document. I have therefore chosen to excerpt the most important sections here (sorry, Lars); you can read the original chapter (and more of the story!) in the example file \family typewriter examples/multicol.lyx \family default . — mer \end_layout \end_inset is to show how the LaTeX package \family typewriter multicol \family default can be used in a LyX document. As LyX doesn't support the \family typewriter multicol \family default package natively yet, we have to use some small hacks. By reading this section it should be obvious how to do this. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Limitations \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family typewriter multicol \family default package allows switching between one and multicolumn format on the same page. Footnotes are handled correctly (for the most part), but will be placed at the bottom of the page and not under each column. LaTeX's float mechanism, however, is partly disabled in the current implementat ion. At the moment only page-wide floats can be used within the scope of the environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Examples \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Two columns \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to have two columns in your text, you have use LaTeX mode to insert \family typewriter \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \family default at the point where you want the two column layout to start, and then \family typewriter \backslash end{multicols} \family default where you want it to end. Like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \series bold \size small The Adventure of the Empty House \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset by \noun on Sir Arthur Conan Doyle \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \size small It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain. The crime was of interest in itself, but that interest was as nothing to me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life. Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think of it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and increduli ty which utterly submerged my mind. Let me say to that public, which has shown some interest in those glimpses which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very remarkable man, that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Multiple columns \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The same pattern is used when you want more than two columns: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{multicols}{3} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \size footnotesize It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public. And I even attempted, more than once, for my own private satisfaction, to employ his methods in their solution, though with indifferent success. There was none, however, which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald Adair. As I read the evidence at the inquest, which led up to a verdict of willful murder against some person or persons unknown, I realized more clearly than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the death of Sherlock Holmes. There were points about this strange business which would, I was sure, have specially appealed to him, and the efforts of the police would have been supplemented, or more probably anticipated, by the trained observation and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe. All day, as I drove upon my round, I turned over the case in my mind and found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate. At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can have more than 3 columns if you want to, but that might not be very pleasant for the eye. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Columns inside columns \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can even have columns inside columns: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \size footnotesize The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \size footnotesize The youth moved in the best society–had, so far as was known, no enemies and no particular vices. He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement had been broken off by mutual consent some months before, and there was no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it. For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle, for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional. Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30, 1894. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \size footnotesize Ronald Adair was fond of cards–playing continually, but never for such stakes as would hurt him. He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs. It was shown that, after dinner on the day of his death, he had played a rubber of whist at the latter club. He had also played there in the afternoon. \size default \size footnotesize The evidence of those who had played with him– Mr. Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran–showed that the game was whist, and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards. Adair might have lost five pounds, but not more. His fortune was a considerable one, and such a loss could not in any way affect him. He had played nearly every day at one club or other, but he was a cautious player, and usually rose a winner. It came out in evidence that, in partnership with Colonel Moran, he had actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral. So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Please do read the file \family typewriter examples/multicol.lyx \family default for more advanced examples including column and header spacing, vertical separator lines, and more. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Numbering in the \family sans Enumerate \family default Paragraph Environment \begin_inset Argument status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Numbering in Enumerate \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on John Weiss \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent The default numbering for the \family sans Enumerate \family default paragraph environment begins with Arabic numbers and ends with uppercase letters. Suppose, however, you wanted a different type of numbering scheme. Here's a quickie example of how to change the numbering scheme: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumi}{ \backslash Roman{enumi}.} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumii}{ \backslash Alph{enumii}.} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumiii}{ \backslash arabic{enumiii}.} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumiv}{ \backslash alph{enumiv}.)} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} which changes the numbering scheme to uppercase Roman numerals, uppercase letters, Arabic numbers, and lowercase letter. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Additionally, the previous example also adds a little bit extra to the numbering scheme. For example, the first level label actually looks like: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset I. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For ease of reading, we'll describe what the numbering schemes look like using a notation something like this: < \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset I. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset 1. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset a.) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset >. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you can see in the example, there is a label command for each nesting level, \family typewriter \backslash labelenumi \family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} \family typewriter \backslash labelenumiv \family default , as well as a counter, \family typewriter enumi \family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} \family typewriter enumiv \family default . There are also five \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset number printing \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset commands, \family typewriter \backslash arabic{} \family default , \family typewriter \backslash roman{} \family default , \family typewriter \backslash Roman{} \family default , \family typewriter \backslash alph{} \family default , and \family typewriter \backslash Alph{} \family default , each of which take one counter as an argument. You can add characters before or after these, but there's no need to add spaces. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can get really fancy with these. For example: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumi}{ \backslash # \backslash Alph{enumi} \backslash #} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumii}{ \backslash Alph{enumi}. \backslash arabic{enumii}} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumiii}{ \backslash alph{enumiii}+} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumiv}{( \backslash roman{enumiv})} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard produces the somewhat out of hand numbering scheme: < \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset #A# \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset A.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset a+ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset (i) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset >. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Dropped Capitals \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Mike Ressler \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newfont{ \backslash tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ \backslash tmpfont T} \backslash vspace*{-8.4ex} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash hangindent=3.3em \backslash hangafter=-3 \end_layout \end_inset hose of you who like the style of old books probably also like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset dropped capitals \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset —those large capital letters which begin each new chapter or section. Implementing them with plain LyX/LaTeX is straightforward (assuming you know some plain TeX!) but does require a lot of work and many iterations, as you can see by all the ugly TeX-mode stuff at the beginning of this paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash verb+ \backslash bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{T}+ \end_layout \end_inset here is a much easier way of doing this, of course. The \family typewriter dropcaps \family default (or the newer \family typewriter dropping \family default ) package from CTAN allows a simple way to add such letters to your documents. Since this package is not a standard part of TeXLive, I can't demonstrate it within this document, but if you copy this paragraph to a new document, delete the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash verb \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and the pluses from the TeX code at the beginning of the paragraph, and add \family typewriter \backslash usepackage{dropcaps} \family default to your LaTeX preamble, you will get a nice Times Roman Italic \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset T \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , whose height is three lines of text and which protrudes 1 em into the margin. (Make certain you have copied \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter dropcaps.sty \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset into a directory where TeX can see it.) The first argument is the amount of indentation; in this case the negative sign moves it into the margin. The second argument is the height of the letter in number of lines of text. The third argument is the font name: virtually anything which has a tfm file should work (wade through the \family typewriter .../texmf/fonts/tfm \family default directory for possibilities). My personal favorite is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter yinit \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , a fancy German font specifically designed for dropped capitals. The fourth argument is the letter (or letters) to be dropped. The \family typewriter dropping \family default package also offers the \family typewriter \backslash bigdrop \family default command, as well as a slightly simplified \family typewriter \backslash dropping \family default command. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Non-standard Paragraph Shapes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Mike Ressler \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newdimen \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash setlength{ \backslash varunit}{4.5in} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash parshape 19 0.45 \backslash varunit 0.332 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.40 \backslash varunit 0.300 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.35 \backslash varunit 0.293 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.30 \backslash varunit 0.300 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.25 \backslash varunit 0.317 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.20 \backslash varunit 0.342 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.15 \backslash varunit 0.373 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.10 \backslash varunit 0.410 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.05 \backslash varunit 0.453 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.00 \backslash varunit 0.500 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.05 \backslash varunit 0.453 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.10 \backslash varunit 0.410 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.15 \backslash varunit 0.373 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.20 \backslash varunit 0.342 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.25 \backslash varunit 0.317 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.30 \backslash varunit 0.300 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.35 \backslash varunit 0.293 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.40 \backslash varunit 0.300 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.45 \backslash varunit 0.332 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset There are times when the tyranny of rectangular paragraphs must be overthrown. In such situations, a call to the delightful plain TeX command \family typewriter \backslash parshape \family default is called for. As you can see, completely arbitrary shapes can be laid out with a suitable set of linelength definitions. While this parshape may look a bit silly and useless, one could conceive of situations such as finely tuned dropped capitals, word wrapping around non-rectangular graphics, etc. which will benefit from such handcrafting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The syntax is \family typewriter \backslash parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{} #nindent #nlength \family default , where \family typewriter numlines \family default is the number of lines of text which define the paragraph. If there turn out to be fewer lines, the shape is truncated; if there are more, the excess lines have the same dimensions as the last line of the definition. The \family typewriter #nindent \family default and \family typewriter #nlength \family default entries specify the indentation of the line from the left margin, and the length of the line as measured from that point. The shape applies only to the current paragraph; everything is reset to normal for the next paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Summary \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you can see, the examples in this section range from the useful to the whimsical. While I don't expect that anyone will ever need the paragraph shape demonstrate d in the last section, the important point is that you can do almost anything you want in LyX if you are willing to figure out how to do it in TeX and LaTeX. TeX is a fantastically powerful typesetting system and all that power is available to you since LyX uses it as its backend. Happy LyXing! \end_layout \end_body \end_document